Honda Accord 2008 Manual
Hide thumbs Also See for Accord 2008:
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

07/11/02 08:54:14 61TA0000_000_0001
A Few Words About Safety
Service Information
The service and repair information contained in this
manual is intended for use by qualified, professional
technicians. Attempting service or repairs without the
proper training, tools, and equipment could cause
injury to you or others. It could also damage the vehicle
or create an unsafe condition.
This manual describes the proper methods and
procedures for doing service, maintenance, and repairs.
Some procedures require the use of specially designed
tools and dedicated equipment. Any person who
intends to use a replacement part, service procedure, or
a tool that is not recommended by Honda, must
determine the risks to their personal safety and the safe
operation of the vehicle.
If you need to replace any parts, always use the correct
parts supplied by a Honda dealer. Never use inferior
quality parts.
FOR YOUR CUSTOMER'S SAFETY
Proper service and maintenance are essential to the
customer's safety and the reliability of the vehicle. Any
error or oversight while servicing a vehicle can result in
faulty operation, damage to the vehicle, or injury to
others.
Improper service or repairs can create an unsafe
condition that can cause your customer or others to
be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow the procedures and precautions in this
manual and other service materials carefully.
FOR YOUR SAFETY
Because this manual is intended for the professional
service technician, we do not provide warnings about
many basic shop safety practices (for example, hot
parts wear gloves). If you have not received shop
safety training or do not feel confident about your
knowledge of safe servicing practices, we recommend
that you do not attempt to do the procedures described
in this manual.
Failure to properly follow instructions and
precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or
killed.
Follow the procedures and precautions in this
manual carefully.
Some of the most important general service safety
precautions follow this text. However, we cannot warn
you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in doing
service and repair procedures. Only you can decide
whether or not you should do a given task.
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Make sure you have a clear understanding of all basic
shop safety practices, and that you are wearing
appropriate clothing and using safety equipment.
When doing any service task, be especially careful of
the following:
– Read all of the instructions before you begin, and
make sure you have the tools, the replacement or
repair parts, and the skills required to do the tasks
safely and completely.
– Protect your eyes by using proper safety glasses,
goggles, or face shields anytime you hammer, drill,
grind, or work around pressurized air or liquids and
springs, or other stored-energy components. If
there is any doubt, put on eye protection.
– Use other protective wear when necessary, such as
gloves or safety shoes. Handling hot or sharp parts
can cause severe burns or cuts. Before you grab
something that looks like it can hurt you, stop and
put on gloves.
– Protect yourself and others whenever you have the
vehicle up in the air. Anytime you raise the vehicle,
either with a lift or a jack, make sure that it is
always securely supported. Use safety stands if
needed.
– Protect yourself by wearing an approved welding
helmet, gloves, and safety shoes anytime you are
welding. You can receive burns from hot parts;
allow the parts to cool before working in that area.
– Protect yourself from paints and harmful chemicals
by wearing an approved respirator, eye protection,
and gloves whenever you are painting. Spray paint
only in an approved paint booth that is well
ventilated.
• Make sure the engine is off before you begin any
servicing procedures, unless the instruction tells you
to do otherwise. This will help eliminate several
potential hazards:
– Carbon monoxide poisoning from engine exhaust.
Be sure there is adequate ventilation whenever you
run the engine.
– Burns from hot parts or coolant. Let the engine and
exhaust system cool before working in those areas.
– Injury from moving parts. If the instruction tells you
to run the engine, be sure your hands, fingers, and
clothing are out of the way.
• Gasoline vapors and hydrogen gases from batteries
are explosive. To reduce the possibility of a fire or
explosion, be careful when working around gasoline
or batteries.
– Use only a nonflammable solvent, not gasoline, to
clean parts.
– Never drain or store gasoline in an open container.
– Keep all cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from
the battery and all fuel-related parts.
TA08AE4000000000000ABAT00

Advertisement

Table of Contents

Troubleshooting

loading

Summary of Contents for Honda Accord 2008

  • Page 1 – Protect your eyes by using proper safety glasses, a tool that is not recommended by Honda, must goggles, or face shields anytime you hammer, drill, determine the risks to their personal safety and the safe grind, or work around pressurized air or liquids and operation of the vehicle.
  • Page 2 *Restraints First Edition 12/2007 2,960 pages HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD. All Rights Reserved Service Publication Office Specifications apply to USA and Canada As sections with * include SRS components;...
  • Page 3 • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal or side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer. • Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags, side airbags, and/or side curtain airbags.
  • Page 4: Table Of Contents

    07/11/02 08:59:45 61TA0000_010_0001 General Information Chassis and Paint Codes 4-door Model ..........................1-2 2-door Model ..........................1-3 Identification Number Locations ........1-4 Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations . 1-5 Under-hood Emission Control Label ......1-8 Lift and Support Points ........
  • Page 5: General Information

    000001 K24Z2 1000001 c d e f g h a. Manufacturer, Make, and Type of Vehicle 1HG: Honda of America Mfg. Inc., U.S.A. a. Engine Type Honda passenger vehicle K24Z2: 2.4 L DOHC i-VTEC Sequential Multiport JHM: Honda Motor Co.,Ltd.
  • Page 6: 2-Door Model

    1400001 c d e f g h a. Manufacturer, Make, and Type of Vehicle a. Engine Type 1HG: Honda of America Mfg. Inc., U.S.A. K24A3: 2.4 L DOHC i-VTEC Sequential Multiport Honda passenger vehicle Fuel-injected, 200HP engine b. Line, Body, and Engine Type b.
  • Page 7: Identification Number Locations

    07/11/02 08:59:48 61TA0000_010_0004 General Information Identification Number Locations 4-door: 4-door: *22 *24 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Number (VIN) Automatic Transmission Number Engine Number Manual Transmission Number 2-door: *25 2-door: *23 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Number (VIN) Automatic Transmission Number...
  • Page 8: Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations

    07/11/02 08:59:48 61TA0000_010_0005 Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations 4-door *26 Front Passenger’s Compartment: SRS WARNING INFORMATION SRS INFORMATION USA models PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE DANGER SRS WARNING INFORMATION FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG WARNING TAG (CHILD SEAT) USA models SIDE AIRBAG MODULE DANGER FRONT SEAT BELT STEERING COLUMN NOTICE MONITOR NOTICE TENSIONER CAUTION...
  • Page 9 07/11/02 08:59:48 61TA0000_010_0006 General Information Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations (cont’d) 2-door *08 Front Passenger’s Compartment: SRS WARNING INFORMATION SRS INFORMATION USA models PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE DANGER SRS WARNING INFORMATION FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG WARNING TAG (CHILD SEAT) USA models SIDE AIRBAG MODULE DANGER FRONT SEAT BELT TENSIONER CAUTION...
  • Page 10 07/11/02 08:59:49 61TA0000_010_0007 4-door Model: 2-door Model: *10 *11 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION and ENGINE COOLANT INFORMATION and ENGINE COOLANT INFORMATION SRS WARNING SRS WARNING AIR CONDITIONING BATTERY INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONING BATTERY RADIATOR CAP DANGER DANGER INFORMATION RADIATOR CAP DANGER DANGER *12...
  • Page 11: Under-Hood Emission Control Label

    S Y S T E M , R E A D T H E O W N E R ’ S M A N U A L R 4 0 - A 0 0 HONDA MOTOR CO. , LTD. O R C H E C K W I T H Y O U R H o n d a D E A L E R .
  • Page 12: Lift And Support Points

    07/11/02 08:59:50 61TA0000_010_0009 Lift and Support Points Floor Jack NOTE: If you are going to remove heavy components such as suspension or the fuel tank from the rear of the vehicle, first support the front of the vehicle with tall 1.
  • Page 13: Towing

    07/11/02 08:59:51 61TA0000_010_0010 General Information Towing If the vehicle needs to be towed, call a professional Rear: towing service. Never tow the vehicle behind another *21 vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous. Emergency Towing There are three popular methods of towing a vehicle. Flat-bed Equipment −...
  • Page 14 07/11/02 08:59:55 61TA0000_010_0011 Wheel Lift Equipment − The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the tires (front or rear) and • Improper towing preparation will damage the lifts them off the ground. The other two wheels remain transmission.
  • Page 15: Parts Marking

    07/11/02 08:59:55 61TA0000_010_0012 General Information Parts Marking To deter vehicle theft, certain major components are marked with the vehicle identification number (VIN). Original parts have self-adhesive labels. Replacement body parts have generic self-adhesive labels. These labels should not be removed. The original engine or transmission VIN plates are not transferable to the replacement engine or transmission.
  • Page 16 07/11/02 09:02:39 61TA0000_020_0001 Specifications Standards and Service Limits Engine Electrical ........................2-2 Engine Assembly ........................2-2 Cylinder Head ..........................2-3 Engine Block ..........................2-4 Engine Lubrication ......................2-5 Cooling System ............
  • Page 17: Standards And Service Limits

    07/11/02 09:02:39 61TA0000_020_0002 Standards and Service Limits Engine Electrical Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit Ignition coil Rated voltage 12 V Firing order 1 3 4 2 − − − Spark plug Type All models NGK: ILZKR78B-11S except PZEV DENSO: SXU22HCR11S PZEV model NGK: DILZKR7A11GS...
  • Page 18: Cylinder Head

    07/11/02 09:02:39 61TA0000_020_0003 Cylinder Head Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit ――― Head Warpage 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Height 103.95 104.05 mm (4.093 4.096 in.) − − ――― Camshaft End play 0.05 0.20 mm (0.002 0.008 in.) − −...
  • Page 19: Engine Block

    07/11/02 09:02:39 61TA0000_020_0004 Standards and Service Limits Engine Block Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit Block Warpage of deck 0.07 mm (0.003 in.) max. 0.10 mm (0.004 in.) Bore diameter A or I 87.010 87.020 mm (3.4256 3.4260 in.) 87.070 mm (3.4279 in.) −...
  • Page 20: Engine Lubrication

    TRAD 8.1 L (2.14 US gal) reservoir) M/T model: coolant DENSO 6.1 L (1.61 US gal) Use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/ change TRAD 6.0 L (1.59 US gal) Coolant Type 2 A/T model: engine DENSO 8.1 L (2.14 US gal)
  • Page 21: Fuel And Emissions

    07/11/02 09:02:39 61TA0000_020_0006 Standards and Service Limits Fuel and Emissions Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New − − − Fuel pressure Pressure with regulator vacuum hose 333 382 kPa (3.4 3.9 kgf/cm , 48 55 psi) regulator disconnected Fuel tank Capacity 64.7 L (17.1 US gal) Engine idle...
  • Page 22: Manual Transmission And M/T Differential

    Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit Manual Capacity Fluid change 1.9 L (2.0 US qt) transmission Use Honda MTF Overhaul 2.0 L (2.1 US qt) fluid Mainshaft End play 0.11 0.17 mm (0.004 0.007 in.) − − Adjust Diameter of bushing contact area 20.80 20.85 mm (0.8189 0.8209 in.)
  • Page 23 07/11/02 09:02:40 61TA0000_020_0008 Standards and Service Limits Manual Transmission and M/T Differential (cont’d) Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit − − Reverse idler I.D. 20.016 20.043 mm (0.7880 0.7891 in.) 20.90 mm (0.832 in.) gear Gear-to-reverse gear shaft clearance 0.036 0.084 mm (0.0014 0.0033 in.) −...
  • Page 24: Automatic Transmission And A/T Differential

    Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit Automatic Capacity Fluid change 2.5 L (2.6 US qt) transmission Use Honda ATF-Z1 Overhaul 6.5 L (6.9 US qt) fluid ATF pressure Line pressure At 2,000 rpm in 927 986 kPa − 878 kPa N or P (9.45 10.05 kgf/cm , 134 143 psi)
  • Page 25 07/11/02 09:02:40 61TA0000_020_0010 Standards and Service Limits Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont’d) Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit Clutch (cont’d) 1st clutch end-plate thickness Mark 1 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) When discolored Mark 2 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) When discolored Mark 3 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
  • Page 26 07/11/02 09:02:40 61TA0000_020_0011 Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit − − Mainshaft Diameter of needle bearing contact At stator shaft 22.984 23.000 mm (0.905 0.906 in.) When worn or damaged area At 5th gear 51.975 51.991 mm (2.046 2.047 in.) −...
  • Page 27 07/11/02 09:02:41 61TA0000_020_0012 Standards and Service Limits Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont’d) Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit − − Secondary shaft Diameter of needle bearing contact At 1st gear 39.986 39.999 mm (1.5742 1.5748 in.) When worn or damaged area At 2nd gear 39.986 39.999 mm (1.5742 1.5748 in.)
  • Page 28 07/11/02 09:02:41 61TA0000_020_0013 Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit − − Idler gear shaft Diameter of needle bearing contact End cover side 32.003 32.013 mm (1.2600 1.2604 in.) When worn or damaged area Thickness of cotters 1.39 1.42 mm (0.055 0.056 in.) −...
  • Page 29 07/11/02 09:02:41 61TA0000_020_0014 Standards and Service Limits Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont’d) Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of Coils Regulator valve Stator reaction spring 4.5 mm 35.4 mm 30.3 mm 1.92 body spring (0.177 in.) (1.394 in.) (1.193 in.)
  • Page 30: Steering

    Output pressure with shut-off valve 8,140 8,820 kPa (83 90 kgf/cm , 1,180 1,280 psi) closed Power steering Capacity Reservoir 0.32 L (0.33 US qt) fluid Use Honda Power Steering Fluid capacity System capacity 1.05 L (1.11 US qt) Suspension Item Measurement Qualification...
  • Page 31: Brakes

    07/11/02 09:02:41 61TA0000_020_0016 Standards and Service Limits Brakes Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit Parking brake Distance traveled when lever pulled 7 to 9 clicks with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) of force Brake pedal Pedal height (carpet moved aside) 156 mm (6 1/8 in.) 160 mm (6 5/16 in.) Free play...
  • Page 32: Design Specifications

    07/11/02 09:02:41 61TA0000_020_0017 Design Specifications Item Measurement Qualification Specification DIMENSIONS Overall length 4,930 mm (194.1 in.) (4-door) Overall width 1,847 mm (72.7 in.) Overall height 1,475 mm (58.1 in.) Wheelbase 2,800 mm (110.2 in.) Track Front Equipped with P215/60R16 94H tires: 1,580 mm (62.2 in.) Equipped with P225/50R17 93V tires: 1,590 mm (62.6 in.) Rear Equipped with P215/60R16 94H tires: 1,580 mm (62.2 in.)
  • Page 33: Clutch

    07/11/02 09:02:41 61TA0000_020_0018 Design Specifications Item Measurement Qualification Specification CLUTCH Clutch type Single plate dry, diaphragm spring Clutch friction material 210 cm (32.55 sq in.) surface area MANUAL Type Synchronized, five-speed forward, one reverse TRANSMISSION Primary reduction Direct 1:1 Gear ratio 3.267 1.778 1.154...
  • Page 34: Brakes

    07/11/02 09:02:41 61TA0000_020_0019 Item Measurement Qualification Specification BRAKES Type of service brake Front Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc Rear Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc Type of parking brake Mechanical actuating, rear wheels Pad friction surface area Front: (NISSIN type) 50.6 cm (7.84 sq in.) x 2 Front: (AKEBONO type) 45.7 cm (7.08 sq in.) x 2 Rear...
  • Page 35: Electrical Ratings

    07/11/02 09:02:42 61TA0000_020_0020 Design Specifications Item Measurement Qualification Specification − − ELECTRICAL Battery All models except PZEV 12 V 47 Ah/20 HR (12 V 38 Ah/5 HR) RATINGS PZEV 12 V 65 Ah/20 HR (12 V 52 Ah/5 HR) − −...
  • Page 36: Body Specifications

    07/11/02 09:02:46 61TA0000_020_0021 Body Specifications 4-door: *01 1,580 mm (62.2 in.) 1,590 mm (62.6 in.) 1,847 mm (72.7 in.) 1,580 mm (62.2 in.) 2,800 mm (110.2 in.) 1,590 mm (62.6 in.) 4,930 mm (194.1 in.) *1: Equipped with P215/60R16 94H tires *2: Equipped with P225/50R16 93V tires (cont’d) 2-21...
  • Page 37 07/11/02 09:02:46 61TA0000_020_0022 Design Specifications Body Specifications (cont’d) 2-door: *01 1,580 mm (62.2 in.) 1,848 mm (72.7 in.) 2,740 mm (107.9 in.) 1,580 mm (62.2 in.) 4,849 mm (190.9 in.) 2-22 TA08ABA000000000000NCAT00...
  • Page 38 07/11/02 09:03:48 61TA0000_030_0001 Maintenance Lubricants and Fluids ................3-2 Maintenance Minder General Information ......................3-4 Maintenance Main Items ..................3-7 Maintenance Sub Items .................... . 3-8 TA08AE40000000J0301ZCAT00...
  • Page 39 Brake system (including VSA lines) Honda DOT 3 Brake fluid: P/N 08798-9008 Clutch system (manual transmission) Always use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. Shift lever (manual transmission)
  • Page 40 07/11/02 09:03:49 61TA0000_030_0003 NOTE: • Lubricate the following areas using the recommended lubricants and fluids. • In corrosive areas, more frequent lubrication is necessary. *31...
  • Page 41 07/11/02 09:03:49 61TA0000_030_0004 Maintenance Minder General Information Maintenance Display The maintenance minder is an important feature of the information display. Based on engine and transmission operating conditions, the Accord’s onboard computer (ECM/PCM) calculates the remaining engine oil and the transmission fluid life. The system also displays the remaining engine oil life along with the codes for other scheduled maintenance items needing service.
  • Page 42 07/11/02 09:03:50 61TA0000_030_0005 Service Information 3. When the remaining engine oil life is 1 % to 5 %, the maintenance message ‘‘SERVICE’’ (A) appears 1. The remaining engine oil life on the engine oil life along with the same maintenance item code(s), indicator (A) is displayed as a percentage on the when the ignition switch is ON (II).
  • Page 43 07/11/02 09:03:50 61TA0000_030_0006 Maintenance Minder General Information (cont’d) Resetting the Maintenance Information 5. If the indicated maintenance is not done, the engine Display oil life indicator shows a negative mileage, for − example ‘‘ 10’’ blinking on the display. A negative mileage will display after the vehicle is driven 10 NOTE: miles (for USA models) or 10 km (for Canada...
  • Page 44 NOTE: According to state and federal regulations, failure to do the maintenance items marked with an asterisk ( ) will not void the customer’s emissions warranties. However, Honda recommends that all maintenance services be done at the recommended interval, to ensure long-term reliability.
  • Page 45 Capacity (including reservoir): M/T 6.1 L (1.61 US gal) (DENSO) or 6.0 L (1.59 US gal) (TRAD), A/T 6.0 L (1.59 US gal) (DENSO) or 5.9 L (1.56 US gal) (TRAD); use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant Type 2, and add Honda Coolant Concenrate in severe cold temperatures.
  • Page 46 07/11/02 09:03:50 61TA0000_030_0009 TA08AE40000000J0301ZAAT00...
  • Page 47 • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal or side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer. • Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags, side airbags, and/or side curtain airbags.
  • Page 48 07/11/02 09:04:46 61TA0000_040_0002 Engine Electrical Engine Electrical Special Tools ............4-2 Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting .... . 4-29 Starting System Drive Belt Inspection ......4-31 Component Location Index . 4-3 Drive Belt Removal/ Symptom Troubleshooting Installation ......
  • Page 49: Special Tools

    07/11/02 09:04:46 61TA0000_040_0003 Engine Electrical Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07746-0010300 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07749-0010000 Handle Driver 01 01 TA08AE40000000J0401PAAT00...
  • Page 50: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:04:49 61TA0000_040_0004 Starting System Component Location Index *01 STARTER CUT RELAY Test, page 22-91 DRIVER’S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH (M/T model) Test, page 4-9 *09 BATTERY Test, page 22-88 STARTER TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting, page 4-7 (A/T model) Performance Test, page 4-10 Test, page 14-289...
  • Page 51: Symptom Troubleshooting Index

    PZEV model (see page 6-56) Check for a damaged or broken cam chain. Do the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) reset function with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to cancel the ALL INJECTORS STOP function. Engine is hard to start Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3).
  • Page 52: Circuit Diagram

    07/11/02 09:04:49 61TA0000_040_0006 Circuit Diagram M/T model *01 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH BATTERY No. 1 (100 A) No. 3 (50 A) ST HOT in START (III) DRIVER’S STARTER UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY RELAY BLK/WHT BLK/YEL CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ON: Pedal pressed STARTER G302 TA08AEAA46500000000EAAT00...
  • Page 53 07/11/02 09:04:49 61TA0000_040_0007 Starting System Circuit Diagram (cont’d) A/T model *01 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH BATTERY No. 1 (100 A) No. 3 (50 A) ST HOT in START (III) DRIVER’S STARTER UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY RELAY LT GRN BLK/WHT BLK/YEL C101 BLU/WHT TRANSMISSION RANGE...
  • Page 54: Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:04:50 61TA0000_040_0008 Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting Special Tools Required 3. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the Alternator, Regulator, Battery & Starter tester OTC3131 data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857 4.
  • Page 55 07/11/02 09:04:50 61TA0000_040_0009 Starting System Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 10. Make sure the shift lever is in N or P (A/T model) or 12. Connect the alternator, the regulator, the battery & neutral (M/T model), then disconnect the starter starter tester (OTC 3131) to the battery.
  • Page 56: Clutch Interlock Switch Test

    07/11/02 09:04:50 61TA0000_040_0010 Clutch Interlock Switch Test M/T model 1. Disconnect the clutch interlock switch 2P connector (A). *01 Terminal side of male terminals 2. Remove the clutch interlock switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. •...
  • Page 57: Starter Performance Test

    07/11/02 09:04:51 61TA0000_040_0011 Starting System Starter Performance Test 1. Remove the starter (see page 4-11). 5. Clamp the starter firmly in a vise. 2. Connect a fully charged battery to the starter for 6. Connect the starter to the battery as shown, and this test using the thickest (gauge) wire possible confirm that the motor starts and keeps rotating.
  • Page 58: Starter Removal And Installation

    07/11/02 09:04:51 61TA0000_040_0012 Starter Removal and Installation Removal Installation 1. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-90). 1. Install the starter, then tighten the two bolts. *03 2. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-3). 3. Disconnect the starter cable (A) from the B terminal, and disconnect the BLK/WHT wire (B) from the solenoid S terminal.
  • Page 59 07/11/02 09:04:51 61TA0000_040_0013 Starting System Starter Removal and Installation (cont’d) 4. Install the intake manifold (see page 9-5). 5. Do the battery installation procedure (see page 22-90). 6. Start the engine to make sure the starter works properly. 4-12...
  • Page 60: Starter Overhaul

    07/11/02 09:04:52 61TA0000_040_0014 Starter Overhaul Disassembly/Reassembly *01 RING GEAR HOLDER SWITCH PLUNGER GEAR PLUNGER GEAR COVER ASSEMBLY PUSH NUT CONTACT SPRING SWITCH SHAFT MOVING CONTACT BRUSH HOLDER ASSEMBLY BRUSH SPRING END COVER DRIVE PLATE PLANETARY GEARS Apply molybdenum disulfide. ARMATURE HOUSING ARMATURE Apply molybdenum disulfide.
  • Page 61 07/11/02 09:04:52 61TA0000_040_0015 Starting System Starter Overhaul (cont’d) Armature Inspection and Test 5. Check the commutator diameter. If the diameter is below the service limit, replace the armature. 1. Remove the starter (see page 4-11). Commutator Diameter 2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning Standard (New): 28.0 28.1 mm (1.102 1.106 in.) −...
  • Page 62 07/11/02 09:04:53 61TA0000_040_0016 7. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), 9. Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B). undercut the mica with a hacksaw blade to the Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on the armature core. If proper depth.
  • Page 63 07/11/02 09:04:53 61TA0000_040_0017 Starting System Starter Overhaul (cont’d) Starter Brush Inspection Planetary Gear Inspection 11. Measure the brush length. If it is shorter than the 13. Check the planetary gears (A) and internal ring gear service limit, replace the brush holder assembly. (B).
  • Page 64 07/11/02 09:04:54 61TA0000_040_0018 Overrunning Clutch Inspection Starter Reassembly 14. While holding the drive gear (A), turn the gear 17. Install the brush into the brush holder, and set the shaft (B) counterclockwise. Check that the drive armature (A) in the brush holder (B). gear comes out to the other end.
  • Page 65: Ignition System

    07/11/02 09:04:55 61TA0000_040_0019 Ignition System Component Location Index *01 IGNITION COIL RELAY Test, page 22-91 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION COIL SPARK PLUG Inspection, page 4-22 Ignition Timing Inspection, page 4-20 Removal/Installation, page 4-21 4-18 TA08AE4A26100000000DAAT00...
  • Page 66: Circuit Diagram

    07/11/02 09:04:55 61TA0000_040_0020 Circuit Diagram *01 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX BATTERY No. 13 (15 A) IGNITION COIL RELAY ECM/PCM RED/BLK BLK/WHT IGPLS4 IGPLS3 IGPLS2 IGPLS1 MRLY C101 WHT/BLU BLU/RED YEL/GRN BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT IGNITION COILS No. 4 No. 3 No. 2 No.
  • Page 67: Ignition Timing Inspection

    07/11/02 09:05:27 61TA0000_040_0021 Ignition System Ignition Timing Inspection 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the 9. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the cam data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). chain case. Check the ignition timing under a no load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window 2.
  • Page 68: Ignition Coil Removal/Installation

    07/11/02 09:05:27 61TA0000_040_0022 Ignition Coil Removal/Installation 1. Remove the ignition coil cover (A), disconnect the ignition coil connectors (B), then remove the ignition coils (C). *01 6 x 1.0 mm 10 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) 6 x 1.0 mm 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
  • Page 69: Spark Plug Inspection

    07/11/02 09:05:28 61TA0000_040_0023 Ignition System Spark Plug Inspection 1. Remove the spark plugs, and inspect the electrodes 3. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the and the ceramic insulator. center electrode is rounded (A), or if the spark plug gap (B) is out of specification.
  • Page 70 07/11/02 09:05:30 61TA0000_040_0024 Charging System Component Location Index *01 CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR (In the gauge control module) UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX (Has built-in ELECTRICAL LOAD DETECTOR (ELD)) BATTERY Test, page 22-88 DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER ALTERNATOR Removal and Installation, page 4-34 Inspection, page 4-32 Overhaul, page 4-36 Removal/Installation, page 4-33 Pulley replacement, page 4-33...
  • Page 71 07/11/02 09:05:30 61TA0000_040_0025 Charging System Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for Charging system Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit indicator does not come (see page 4-26). on with the ignition switch in ON (II) Charging system Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). indicator stays on Check the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-32).
  • Page 72: Charging System

    07/11/02 09:05:30 61TA0000_040_0026 Circuit Diagram *01 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH BATTERY DRIVER’S No. 1 (100 A) No. 3 (50 A) UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III) No. 7 No. 5 (15 A) (7.5 A) BLK/RED GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CANH...
  • Page 73: Charging System Indicator

    1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Does the charging system indicator come on? 8. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). −...
  • Page 74 07/11/02 09:05:31 61TA0000_040_0028 14. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic 19. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see step 2 on page function procedure (see page 22-312). 11-3). Does the charging system indicator f lash? 20. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). −...
  • Page 75 6. Check the alternator, regulator, battery & starter Alternator, Regulator, Battery & Starter tester OTC3131 tester display. Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857 Is the amperage 87 .5 A or more? 1. Make sure the battery connections are good and −...
  • Page 76 07/11/02 09:05:32 61TA0000_040_0030 Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). terminal B45 and body ground. *02 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
  • Page 77: Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:05:32 61TA0000_040_0031 Charging System Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 13. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B45 and alternator 4P connector terminal No. 2. *03 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) Terminal side of female terminals ALT C (WHT/GRN) C (WHT/GRN) ALTERNATOR Wire side of female terminals...
  • Page 78 07/11/02 09:05:32 61TA0000_040_0032 Drive Belt Inspection Drive Belt Removal/Installation 1. Inspect the belt for cracks or damage. If the belt is Special Tools Required cracked or damaged, replace it (see page 4-31). Belt tension release tool Snap-on YA9317 or equivalent, commercially available 2.
  • Page 79 07/11/02 09:05:33 61TA0000_040_0033 Charging System Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Inspection Special Tools Required 6. Remove the auto-tensioner (see page 4-33). Belt tension release tool Snap-on YA9317 or equivalent, commercially available 7. Clamp the auto-tensioner (A) by using two 8 mm bolts (B) and a vise (C) as shown. Do not clamp the 1.
  • Page 80: Installation

    07/11/02 09:05:34 61TA0000_040_0034 Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Removal/ Tensioner Pulley Replacement Installation 1. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 1. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 2. Remove the power steering (P/S) fluid reservoir from the holder. 2. Remove the power steering (P/S) fluid reservoir from the holder.
  • Page 81: Alternator Removal And Installation

    07/11/02 09:05:34 61TA0000_040_0035 Charging System Alternator Removal and Installation Removal Installation 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure 1. Connector the alternator connector (A), BLK wire (see page 22-89). (B), and harness clamp (C) to the alternator. Make sure the crimped it side of the ring terminal faces 2.
  • Page 82 07/11/02 09:05:34 61TA0000_040_0036 3. Install the drive belt (see page 4-31). 4. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure (see page 22-89). 4-35...
  • Page 83: Alternator Overhaul

    07/11/02 09:05:35 61TA0000_040_0037 Charging System Alternator Overhaul Exploded View *01 FRONT BEARING RETAINER FRONT BEARING DRIVE END HOUSING PULLEY PULLEY LOCKNUT BRUSH HOLDER ASSEMBLY WASHER REAR HOUSING ASSEMBLY ROTOR TERMINAL INSULATOR END COVER 4-36 TA08AE4A14100012901LAAT01...
  • Page 84 07/11/02 09:05:35 61TA0000_040_0038 Special Tools Required 5. Remove the end cover. • Handle driver 07749-0010000 *04 • Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during this procedure. 1. Test the alternator and regulator before you remove them (see page 4-28).
  • Page 85 07/11/02 09:05:36 61TA0000_040_0039 Charging System Alternator Overhaul (cont’d) 7. Remove the four bolts, then remove the rear 9. Inspect the rotor shaft for scoring, and inspect the housing assembly (A), and washer (B). bearing journal surface in the drive end housing for *06...
  • Page 86 07/11/02 09:05:36 61TA0000_040_0040 12. Install a new front bearing in the driver-end Rotor Slip Ring Test housing with a hammer, the handle driver, and the attachment. 14. Check for continuity between the slip rings (A). *10 • If there is continuity, go to step 15. •...
  • Page 87 07/11/02 09:06:07 61TA0000_040_0041 Charging System Alternator Overhaul (cont’d) Alternator Reassembly 16. If you removed the pulley, put the rotor in the drive end housing, then tighten its locknut to 110 N·m (11.2 kgf·m, 81.0 lbf·ft). 17. Remove any grease or oil from the slip rings. 18.
  • Page 88 07/11/02 09:06:09 61TA0000_040_0042 Cruise Control Component Location Index *01 CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR (Built into gauge control module) CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR (Built into gauge control module) CRUISE CONTROL COMBINATION SWITCH Test/Replacement, page 4-47 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH (M/T model) Test, page 22-218 Test, page 4-47 Pedal Height Adjustment, page 19-6...
  • Page 89 07/11/02 09:06:09 61TA0000_040_0043 Cruise Control Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for Cruise control cannot be Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). Poor ground G101 Check the No. 10 (20 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/ (A/T model) or G302 relay box, and the No.
  • Page 90 07/11/02 09:06:10 61TA0000_040_0044 Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for Set speed will not Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). • Faulty brake pedal resume when the Check the brake pedal position switch adjustment position switch resume/accel switch is (see page 19-6). •...
  • Page 91: Cruise Control

    07/11/02 09:06:11 61TA0000_040_0045 Cruise Control Circuit Diagram *01 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX BATTERY No. 1 (100 A) No. 18 (15 A) No. 17 (15 A) No. 10 (20 A) PGM-FI ETCS MAIN CONTROL HORN RELAY1 RELAY RELAY No. 3 (50 A) (FI MAIN) PASSENGER’S BLU/RED...
  • Page 92: Cruise Control Input Test

    07/11/02 09:06:11 61TA0000_040_0046 Cruise Control Input Test 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM).
  • Page 93 07/11/02 09:06:11 61TA0000_040_0047 Cruise Control Cruise Control Input Test (cont’d) Signal to be tested Test condition Parameter: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained Resume Resume/accel switch CRUISE CONTROL • Faulty cruise control combination switch switch signal pressed and released RESUME SW should •...
  • Page 94: Cruise Control Combination Switch Test/Replacement

    07/11/02 09:06:11 61TA0000_040_0048 Cruise Control Combination Switch Clutch Pedal Position Switch Test Test/Replacement M/T model SRS components are located in this area. Review the 1. Disconnect the 3P connector from the clutch pedal SRS component locations: position switch. *01 • 4-door (see page 24-19) •...
  • Page 95: Engine Mount Control System

    07/11/02 09:06:12 61TA0000_040_0049 Engine Mount Control System Component Location Index *01 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/ POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Troubleshooting, page 4-50 FRONT ENGINE MOUNT Replacement, page 5-23 4-48 TA08AE4A18223200000DAAT00...
  • Page 96: Circuit Diagram

    07/11/02 09:06:12 61TA0000_040_0050 Circuit Diagram *01 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX BATTERY No. 1 (100 A) No. 3 (50 A) IGNITION SWITCH IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III) DRIVER’S No. 7 UNDER-DASH (15 A) FUSE/RELAY BOX BLK/RED C101 BLK/YEL ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE BLU/YEL...
  • Page 97: Troubleshooting

    2. Raise the engine speed from idling to 2,000 rpm. Wire side of female terminals 3. Check the MOUNT CTRL SOL in the PGM-FI DATA LIST with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS). Is there battery voltage? Is ON indicated at idling and OF F indicated at 2,000 rpm? −...
  • Page 98 07/11/02 09:06:13 61TA0000_040_0052 9. Measure the voltage between engine mount 10. Raise the engine speed above 1,000 rpm. control solenoid valve 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with the engine at idle. 11. Measure the voltage between engine mount *02...
  • Page 99 07/11/02 09:06:13 61TA0000_040_0053 Engine Mount Control System Troubleshooting (cont’d) 13. Disconnect the upper vacuum hose (A) from the 14. Release the vacuum, then apply vacuum again. engine mount control solenoid valve (B), and − Is there a noticeable change in idle smoothness connect a vacuum pump/gauge, 0 30 in.Hg, to the hose.
  • Page 100 07/11/02 09:07:36 61TA0000_050_0001 Engine Mechanical Engine Assembly Special Tools ..........................5-2 Engine Removal ........................5-3 Engine Installation ....................... 5-12 Engine Mount Replacement ................5-23 Cylinder Head ...................... . 6-1 Engine Block ............
  • Page 101 07/11/02 09:07:36 61TA0000_050_0002 Engine Assembly Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07AAK-SNAA120 Universal Eyelet 070AG-SJAA10S Frame Positioning Guide Pin 01 01 TA08AE40000000J0501PAAT00...
  • Page 102 • Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 battery base (B). • Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 *02 : These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program, 1-888-424-6857 NOTE: • Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
  • Page 103 07/11/02 09:07:37 61TA0000_050_0004 Engine Assembly Engine Removal (cont’d) 11. Remove the engine control module (ECM)/ 14. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister powertrain control module (PCM) cover (A), then hose (A) and the brake booster vacuum hose (B). *06 remove the three bolts (B) securing the ECM/PCM. *04...
  • Page 104 07/11/02 09:07:38 61TA0000_050_0005 16. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 24. Remove the splash shield. *09 17. Remove the power steering (P/S) pump (A) without disconnecting the P/S hoses, then remove the P/S hose bracket (B). *08 25. Loosen the drain plug in the radiator, and drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6).
  • Page 105 07/11/02 09:07:39 61TA0000_050_0006 Engine Assembly Engine Removal (cont’d) 29. A/T model: Remove the shift cable (see step 46 on 34. Remove the bolts securing the steering gearbox page 14-250). mounting bracket (A) and the heat shield (B). (right side) *12 30.
  • Page 106 07/11/02 09:07:39 61TA0000_050_0007 37. Remove the bolts securing the steering gearbox 39. Disconnect the heater hoses and the upper radiator stiffeners (A) and the washers (B). (left side) hose. *14 *16 38. A/T model: Remove the ATF cooler hoses, then 40.
  • Page 107 07/11/02 09:07:40 61TA0000_050_0008 Engine Assembly Engine Removal (cont’d) 42. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T1256), 45. M/T model: Remove the rear engine mount. then attach the hook to the slotted hole in the *20 engine hanger adapter. Tighten the wing nut (A) by hand to lift and support the engine/transmission.
  • Page 108 07/11/02 09:07:41 61TA0000_050_0009 47. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 50. Remove the front subframe middle mounts. *24 48. Remove the nuts securing the lower transmission mount. *22 51. Attach the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) to the subframe and hang the belt of the subframe 49.
  • Page 109 07/11/02 09:07:42 61TA0000_050_0010 Engine Assembly Engine Removal (cont’d) 53. Remove the front subframe. 58. Install the universal eyelet (07AAK-SNAA120). *26 *28 07AAK-SNAA120 59. Attach a chain hoist (A) to the universal eyelet (B), and the transmission hook (C), then lift the engine/ Replace.
  • Page 110 07/11/02 09:07:42 61TA0000_050_0011 60. Remove the upper transmission mount bracket 62. Check that the engine/transmission is completely mounting bolts. free of vacuum hoses, fuel and coolant hoses, and electrical wiring. NOTE: Do not remove the TORX bolt (A) from the upper transmission mount.
  • Page 111 • Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 • Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 : These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program, 1-888-424-6857 1. Install the accessory brackets, and tighten their bolts to the specified torque.
  • Page 112 07/11/02 09:07:44 61TA0000_050_0013 2. Raise the vehicle on the lift, and position the 3. Attach the engine hanger adapter (VSB02C000015) engine/transmission under the vehicle. Lower the to the threaded hole in the cylinder head. *03 vehicle, and attach the universal eyelet (07AAK- VSB02C000015 SNAA120) and chain hoist to the engine, then lift the engine into position in the vehicle.
  • Page 113 07/11/02 09:07:45 61TA0000_050_0014 Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont’d) 8. Remove the chain hoist. 5. Tighten the upper transmission mount bracket mounting bolts to the specified torque. 9. Remove the universal eyelet. *07 07AAK-SNAA120 M/T model *05 12 x 1.25 mm 59 N·m 6 x 1.0 mm 10.
  • Page 114 07/11/02 09:07:45 61TA0000_050_0015 12. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 17. Insert the frame positioning guide pin (070AG- SJAA10S) through the positioning slot (A) on the 13. Using the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) right rear stiffener, through the positioning hole (B) and a jack, raise the subframe up to body.
  • Page 115 07/11/02 09:07:46 61TA0000_050_0016 Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont’d) 24. Tighten the bolts securing the subframe middle 28. Tighten the front engine mount bolt (A), then install mounts. the front engine mount stop (B) and the vacuum *12 hose (C). 12 x 1.25 mm *14...
  • Page 116 07/11/02 09:07:47 61TA0000_050_0017 31. A/T model: Install the rear engine mount upper 33. Loosen the mounting bolts for the upper bracket (A), then install the rear engine mount (B). transmission mount bracket, then retighten them to *16 the specified torque. 12 x 1.25 mm 10 x 1.25 mm 54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
  • Page 117 07/11/02 09:07:48 61TA0000_050_0018 Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont’d) 34. Connect the quick connector to the thermostat 37. Install the bolts securing the steering gearbox cover (see step 11 on page 10-9). stiffeners (A) and the washers (B). (left side) *22 10 x 1.25 mm 35.
  • Page 118 07/11/02 09:07:48 61TA0000_050_0019 40. Install the bolts securing the steering gearbox 42. Install the A/C compressor (A), then connect the mounting bracket (A) and the heat shield (B). (right A/C compressor clutch connector (B). *26 side) 8 x 1.25 mm *24...
  • Page 119 07/11/02 09:07:49 61TA0000_050_0020 Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont’d) 47. Install exhaust pipe A using new gaskets (B) and 50. Lower the vehicle on the lift. self-locking nuts (C). *27 51. M/T model: Install the clutch slave cylinder and the clutch line bracket mounting nut (see step 49 on page 13-23).
  • Page 120 07/11/02 09:08:02 61TA0000_050_0021 56. Connect the fuel feed hose (A) (see page 11-369), 58. Connect the engine control module (ECM)/ then install the quick-connect fitting cover (B). powertrain control module (PCM) connectors (A) *30 and the engine wire harness connector (B). *32...
  • Page 121 07/11/02 09:08:02 61TA0000_050_0022 Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont’d) 61. Connect the battery cables (A) to the under-hood 68. Do the battery installation procedure (see page fuse/relay box. 22-90). *34 69. A/T model: Move the shift lever to each gear, and verify that the A/T gear position indicator follows the transmission range switch.
  • Page 122 07/11/02 09:08:03 61TA0000_050_0023 Engine Mount Replacement *01 12 x 1.25 mm 10 x 1.25 mm 64 N·m 54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft) (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft) Replace. REAR ENGINE MOUNT (A/T model) SIDE ENGINE MOUNT 10 x 1.25 mm 54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft) REAR ENGINE MOUNT (M/T model)
  • Page 123 07/11/02 09:08:03 61TA0000_050_0024 TA08AE40000000J0501ZAAT00...
  • Page 124 07/11/02 09:22:07 61TA0000_060_0001 Engine Mechanical Cylinder Head (All Models Except PZEV) Special Tools ..........................6-2 Component Location Index ................. 6-3 Engine Compression Inspection ..............6-6 VTEC Rocker Arm Test ....................6-7 VTC Actuator Inspection ..........
  • Page 125 07/11/02 09:22:08 61TA0000_060_0002 Cylinder Head Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07AAB-RWCA120 Camshaft Lock Pin Set 07AAJ-PNAA101 Air Pressure Regulator 07AAJ-RWCA100 Cam Chain Inspection Gauge 07HAH-PJ7A100 Valve Guide Reamer, 5.5 mm 07JAA-001020A Socket, 19 mm 07JAB-001020B Holder Handle 07MAA-PR70110 Adjuster 07MAA-PR70120 Locknut Wrench...
  • Page 126: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:22:11 61TA0000_060_0003 Component Location Index *01 IGNITION COIL COVER CYLINDER HEAD COVER Removal, page 6-25 Installation, page 6-26 CAM CHAIN Removal, page 6-13 Installation, page 6-15 Inspection, page 6-23 CAM CHAIN GUIDE B CAM CHAIN GUIDE A O-RING VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL (VTC) OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE...
  • Page 127 07/11/02 09:22:14 61TA0000_060_0004 Cylinder Head Component Location Index (cont’d) *02 CAMSHAFT HOLDERS CAM CHAIN GUIDE B DOWEL PINS INTAKE CAMSHAFT Inspection, page 6-36 EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SPROCKET CMP PULSE PLATE B Replacement, page 6-31 Replacement, page 6-30 CMP PULSE PLATE A Replacement, page 6-30 CMP SENSOR B...
  • Page 128 07/11/02 09:22:16 61TA0000_060_0005 *03 VALVE COTTERS CYLINDER HEAD BOLT Inspection, page 6-46 SPRING RETAINER INTAKE VALVE SPRING EXHAUST VALVE SEAL EXHAUST VALVE SPRING VALVE SPRING SEAT INTAKE VALVE SEAL Removal, page 6-38 Installation, page 6-44 EXHAUST VALVE GUIDE INTAKE VALVE GUIDE Replacement, page 6-40 LOST MOTION ASSEMBLY ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL...
  • Page 129: Engine Compression Inspection

    07/11/02 09:22:17 61TA0000_060_0006 Cylinder Head Engine Compression Inspection NOTE: After this inspection, you must reset the engine 11. Open the throttle fully, then crank the engine with control module (ECM)/powertrain control module the starter motor and measure the compression. (PCM), otherwise the ECM/PCM will continue to stop the fuel injectors from functioning.
  • Page 130: Vtec Rocker Arm Test

    07/11/02 09:22:18 61TA0000_060_0007 VTEC Rocker Arm Test Special Tools Required 5. Repeat step 4 on the remaining secondary rocker • Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 arms with each piston at TDC. When all the • VTEC air adapter 07ZAJ-PNAA101 secondary rocker arms pass the test, go to step 6. •...
  • Page 131: Vtc Actuator Inspection

    07/11/02 09:22:18 61TA0000_060_0008 Cylinder Head VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont’d) VTC Actuator Inspection 12. With the specified air pressure applied, move the 1. Remove the cam chain (see page 6-13). secondary rocker arm (A) for the No. 1 cylinder. The mid rocker arm (B), primary rocker arm (C), 2.
  • Page 132: Valve Clearance Adjustment

    07/11/02 09:22:19 61TA0000_060_0009 Valve Clearance Adjustment 8. Apply air to the advance hole to release the lock. Special Tools Required *02 • Adjuster 07MAA-PR70110 • Locknut wrench 07MAA-PR70120 NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100 °F (38 °C). 1.
  • Page 133 07/11/02 09:22:19 61TA0000_060_0010 Cylinder Head Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont’d) 3. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the 5. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the valves you are going to check. locknut with the locknut wrench and adjuster, and turn the adjusting screw until the drag on the feeler Valve Clearance gauge is correct.
  • Page 134 07/11/02 09:22:20 61TA0000_060_0011 7. Rotate the crankshaft 180 ° clockwise (camshaft 11. Rotate the crankshaft 180 ° clockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90 °). pulley turns 90 °). *05 07 8. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance 12. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No.
  • Page 135: Crankshaft Pulley Removal And Installation

    07/11/02 09:22:21 61TA0000_060_0012 Cylinder Head Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation Installation Special Tools Required • Holder handle 07JAB-001020B • Crankshaft pulley holder 070AB-RJA0100 1. Clean the crankshaft pulley (A), the crankshaft (B), • Socket, 19 mm 07JAA-001020A or a commercially the bolt (C), and the washer (D).
  • Page 136: Cam Chain Removal

    07/11/02 09:22:21 61TA0000_060_0013 Cam Chain Removal NOTE: Keep the cam chain away from magnetic fields. 7. Remove the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see page 11-325). 1. Remove the front wheels. 8. Remove the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-12). 2. Remove the splash shield (see step 24 on page 5-5). 9.
  • Page 137 07/11/02 09:22:22 61TA0000_060_0014 Cylinder Head Cam Chain Removal (cont’d) 12. Remove the cam chain case (A) and the spacer (B). 15. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the auto- *05 tensioner (B), then insert a 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) diameter pin or lock pin (P/N 14511-PNA-003) (C) into the holes.
  • Page 138: Cam Chain Installation

    07/11/02 09:22:23 61TA0000_060_0015 Cam Chain Installation 17. Remove cam chain guide B. NOTE: *09 • Keep the cam chain away from magnetic fields. • Before doing this procedure, check that the variable valve timing control (VTC) actuator is locked by turning the VTC actuator counterclockwise.
  • Page 139 07/11/02 09:22:24 61TA0000_060_0016 Cylinder Head Cam Chain Installation (cont’d) 3. To hold the intake camshaft, insert a camshaft lock 6. Install the cam chain on the VTC actuator and the pin set (07AAB-RWCA120) (A) into the maintenance exhaust camshaft sprocket with the punch marks hole in camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate A (B) (A) aligned with the center of the two colored link and through the No.
  • Page 140 07/11/02 09:22:25 61TA0000_060_0017 8. Install the auto-tensioner. 10. Remove the pin or lock pin (P/N 14511-PNA-003) from the auto-tensioner. *09 NOTE: Check the auto-tensioner cam position. If the position are not aligned, set the first cam to the first edge of the rack. *07...
  • Page 141 07/11/02 09:22:26 61TA0000_060_0018 Cylinder Head Cam Chain Installation (cont’d) 15. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 18. Install the spacer (A), then install the new O-ring (B) 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine on the chain case. Set the edge of the chain case (C) block mating surface of the chain case.
  • Page 142 07/11/02 09:22:26 61TA0000_060_0019 19. Install the side engine mount bracket, then tighten 22. Install the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-12). the side engine mount bracket mounting bolts. *15 23. Install the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see page 11-325). 10 x 1.25 mm 24.
  • Page 143: Auto-Tensioner Removal And Installation

    07/11/02 09:22:27 61TA0000_060_0020 Cylinder Head Auto-tensioner Removal and Installation Removal 3. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the auto- tensioner (B), then insert a 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) 1. Remove the chain case cover. diameter pin or lock pin (P/N 14511-PNA-003) (C) *01...
  • Page 144 07/11/02 09:23:01 61TA0000_060_0021 Installation 5. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the chain 1. Install the auto-tensioner. case mating surface of the chain case cover. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the NOTE: Check the auto-tensioner cam position. If the liquid gasket.
  • Page 145: Chain Case Oil Seal Installation

    07/11/02 09:23:01 61TA0000_060_0022 Cylinder Head Chain Case Oil Seal Installation Special Tools Required • Handle driver 07749-0010000 • Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 1. Use the handle driver and attachment to drive a new oil seal squarely into the chain case to the specified installed height.
  • Page 146: Cam Chain Inspection

    07/11/02 09:23:02 61TA0000_060_0023 Cam Chain Inspection Special Tools Required 7. Measure the clearance between the cam chain and Cam chain inspection gauge 07AAJ-RWCA100 the tensioner arm with the cam chain inspection gauge. 1. Remove the front wheels. • If the clearance is OK, go to step 18. 2.
  • Page 147 07/11/02 09:23:03 61TA0000_060_0024 Cylinder Head Cam Chain Inspection (cont’d) 12. Measure the oil pump chain auto-tensioner rod length. Oil Pump Chain Auto-Tensioner Rod Length Service Limit: 13 mm (0.5 in.) *04 13. If the length is over the service limit, replace the oil pump chain (see page 8-24).
  • Page 148: Cylinder Head Cover Removal

    07/11/02 09:23:04 61TA0000_060_0025 Cylinder Head Cover Removal 1. Remove the strut brace (if equipped) (see page 6. Remove the cylinder head cover. 20-287). *03 2. Remove the engine cover. *01 3. Remove the four ignition coils (see page 4-21). 4. Remove the dipstick (A), the breather hose (B), and the power steering (P/S) hose bracket (C).
  • Page 149: Cylinder Head Cover Installation

    07/11/02 09:23:04 61TA0000_060_0026 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Cover Installation 1. Thoroughly clean the head cover gasket and the 5. Set the spark plug seals (A) on the spark plug tubes. groove. Place the cylinder head cover (B) on the cylinder head, then slide the cover slightly back and forth to 2.
  • Page 150: Cylinder Head Removal

    07/11/02 09:23:05 61TA0000_060_0027 Cylinder Head Removal 8. Install the two bolts (A) securing the evaporative NOTE: emission (EVAP) canister purge valve bracket. • Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted *05 surfaces. • To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
  • Page 151 07/11/02 09:23:06 61TA0000_060_0028 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Removal (cont’d) 8. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A), then 10. Remove the four bolts securing the EVAP canister disconnect the fuel feed hose (B) (see page 11-366). purge valve bracket. *02 *04 9.
  • Page 152 07/11/02 09:23:07 61TA0000_060_0029 12. Remove the two bolts (A) securing the connecting 15. Remove the cam chain (see page 6-13). pipe. *06 16. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-33). 17. Remove the cylinder head bolts. To prevent warpage, loosen the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time;...
  • Page 153: Cmp Pulse Plate A Replacement

    07/11/02 09:23:07 61TA0000_060_0030 Cylinder Head CMP Pulse Plate A Replacement CMP Pulse Plate B Replacement 1. Remove the cylinder head cover (see page 6-25). 1. Remove the cylinder head cover (see page 6-25). 2. Remove camshaft position (CMP) sensor A 2.
  • Page 154: Vtc Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Replacement

    07/11/02 09:23:08 61TA0000_060_0031 VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Replacement Removal Installation 1. Remove the cam chain (see page 6-13). 1. Install the VTC actuator and the exhaust camshaft sprocket. 2. Hold the camshaft with an open-end wrench, then loosen the variable valve timing control (VTC) NOTE: Install the VTC actuator while in the actuator mounting bolt and the exhaust camshaft unlocked position.
  • Page 155: Cylinder Head Inspection For Warpage

    07/11/02 09:23:08 61TA0000_060_0032 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage 1. Remove the cylinder head (see page 6-27). 2. Inspect the camshaft (see page 6-36). 3. Check the cylinder head for warpage. Measure along the edges, and three ways across the center. •...
  • Page 156: Rocker Arm Assembly Removal

    07/11/02 09:23:09 61TA0000_060_0033 Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 1. Remove the cam chain (see page 6-13). 4. Remove cam chain guide B, the camshaft holders, and the camshafts. 2. Loosen the rocker arm adjusting screws (A). *01 5. Insert the bolts (A) into the rocker shaft holder, then remove the rocker arm assembly (B).
  • Page 157: Rocker Arm And Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly

    07/11/02 09:23:10 61TA0000_060_0034 Cylinder Head Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly NOTE: • Identify each part as it is removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. • Inspect the rocker arm shaft and rocker arms (see page 6-35). •...
  • Page 158: Rocker Arm And Shaft Inspection

    07/11/02 09:23:10 61TA0000_060_0035 Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-33). 5. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm, and check it for an out-of-round condition. 2. Disassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-34).
  • Page 159: Camshaft Inspection

    07/11/02 09:23:11 61TA0000_060_0036 Cylinder Head Camshaft Inspection NOTE: Do not rotate the camshaft during inspection. 3. Seat the camshaft by pushing it away from the camshaft pulley end of the cylinder head. 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-33). 4.
  • Page 160 07/11/02 09:23:11 61TA0000_060_0037 5. Loosen the camshaft holder bolts two turns at a 10. Check the total runout with the camshaft supported time, in a crisscross pattern. Then remove the on V-blocks. camshaft holders from the cylinder head. • If the total runout of the camshaft is within the 6.
  • Page 161: Valve, Spring, And Valve Seal Removal

    07/11/02 09:23:12 61TA0000_060_0038 Cylinder Head Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal Special Tools Required 5. Install the valve guide seal remover. Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A *03 Identify the valves and valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position.
  • Page 162: Valve Inspection

    07/11/02 09:23:13 61TA0000_060_0039 Valve Inspection Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 1. Remove the valves (see page 6-38). 2. Measure the valve in these areas. 1. Remove the valves (see page 6-38). Intake Valve Dimensions 2. Slide the valve out of its guide about 10 mm A Standard (New): 35.85 36.15 mm −...
  • Page 163: Valve Guide Replacement

    07/11/02 09:23:14 61TA0000_060_0040 Cylinder Head Valve Guide Replacement Special Tools Required 5. Working from the camshaft side, use the driver and • Valve guide driver, 5.5 mm 07742-0010100 an air hammer to drive the guide about 2 mm • Valve guide reamer, 5.5 mm 07HAH-PJ7A100 (0.1 in.) towards the combustion chamber.
  • Page 164 07/11/02 09:23:51 61TA0000_060_0041 9. Apply a thin coat of new engine oil to the outside of 10. Coat both the reamer and the valve guide with the new valve guide. Install the guide from the cutting oil. camshaft side of the head; use the 5.5 mm valve guide driver to drive the guide in to the specified 11.
  • Page 165: Valve Seat Reconditioning

    07/11/02 09:23:51 61TA0000_060_0042 Cylinder Head Valve Seat Reconditioning 1. Inspect the valve stem-to-guide clearance 5. Make one more very light pass with the 45 ° cutter (see page 6-39). If the valve guides are worn, to remove any possible burrs caused by the other replace them (see page 6-40) before cutting the cutters.
  • Page 166 07/11/02 09:23:52 61TA0000_060_0043 8. Insert the intake and exhaust valves in the head, and measure the valve stem installed height (A). Intake Valve Stem Installed Height Standard (New): 44.0 44.5 mm (1.73 1.75 in.) − − Service Limit: 44.7 mm (1.76 in.) Exhaust Valve Stem Installed Height −...
  • Page 167: Valve, Spring, And Valve Seal Installation

    07/11/02 09:23:53 61TA0000_060_0044 Cylinder Head Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation Special Tools Required 5. Install the valve spring and the spring retainer. • Stem seal driver 07PAD-0010000 Place the end of the valve spring with the closely • Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A wound coils toward the cylinder head.
  • Page 168: Rocker Arm Assembly Installation

    07/11/02 09:23:54 61TA0000_060_0045 Rocker Arm Assembly Installation 1. Reassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page 6. Make sure the punch marks on the variable valve 6-34). timing control (VTC) actuator and the exhaust camshaft sprocket are facing up, then set the 2.
  • Page 169: Cylinder Head Installation

    07/11/02 09:23:55 61TA0000_060_0046 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Installation 1. Install a new coolant separator in the engine block 4. Set the crankshaft to top dead center (TDC). Align whenever the engine block is replaced. the TDC mark (A) on the crankshaft sprocket with *01...
  • Page 170 07/11/02 09:23:56 61TA0000_060_0047 8. Apply new engine oil to the threads and under the 11. Install the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-45). bolt heads of all cylinder head bolts. 12. Install the cam chain (see page 6-15). 9. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in sequence to 39 N·m (4.0 kgf·m, 29 lbf·ft).
  • Page 171 07/11/02 09:23:57 61TA0000_060_0048 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Installation (cont’d) 16. Install the upper radiator hose (A), the heater hoses 18. Connect the four fuel injector connectors (A), the (B), and the water bypass hose (C). engine mount control solenoid connector (B), and *08...
  • Page 172: Sealing Bolt Installation

    07/11/02 09:23:58 61TA0000_060_0049 Sealing Bolt Installation 20. Install the EVAP canister hose (A). NOTE: When installing the sealing bolt, always use a *12 new washer. *01 22 x 1.5 mm 74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft) 21. Install the catalytic converter (see page 11-393). 22.
  • Page 173 07/11/02 09:23:58 61TA0000_060_0050 TA08AEI0000000J0601ZAAT00...
  • Page 174: Cylinder Head (Pzev Model)

    07/11/02 09:23:58 61TA0000_060_0051 Engine Mechanical Cylinder Head (All Models Except PZEV) ....6-1 Cylinder Head (PZEV Model) Special Tools ..........................6-52 Component Location Index ................. 6-53 Engine Compression Inspection ..............6-56 VTEC Rocker Arm Test ..........
  • Page 175 07/11/02 09:24:00 61TA0000_060_0052 Cylinder Head Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07AAB-RWCA120 Camshaft Lock Pin Set 07AAJ-PNAA101 Air Pressure Regulator 07AAJ-RWCA100 Cam Chain Inspection Gauge 07HAH-PJ7A100 Valve Guide Reamer, 5.5 mm 07JAA-001020A Socket, 19 mm 07JAB-001020B Holder Handle 07MAA-PR70110 Adjuster 07MAA-PR70120 Locknut Wrench...
  • Page 176: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:24:02 61TA0000_060_0053 Component Location Index *01 IGNITION COIL COVER CYLINDER HEAD COVER Removal, page 6-76 Installation, page 6-77 CAM CHAIN Removal, page 6-64 Installation, page 6-66 Inspection, page 6-74 CAM CHAIN GUIDE B CAM CHAIN GUIDE A O-RING VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL (VTC) OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE...
  • Page 177 07/11/02 09:24:06 61TA0000_060_0054 Cylinder Head Component Location Index (cont’d) *02 CAMSHAFT HOLDERS CAM CHAIN GUIDE B DOWEL PINS INTAKE CAMSHAFT Inspection, page 6-88 EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SPROCKET CMP PULSE PLATE B Replacement, page 6-82 Replacement, page 6-81 CMP PULSE PLATE A Replacement, page 6-81 CMP SENSOR B...
  • Page 178 07/11/02 09:24:09 61TA0000_060_0055 *03 VALVE COTTERS CYLINDER HEAD BOLT Inspection, page 6-98 SPRING RETAINER INTAKE VALVE SPRING EXHAUST VALVE SEAL EXHAUST VALVE SPRING VALVE SPRING SEAT INTAKE VALVE SEAL Removal, page 6-90 Installation, page 6-96 EXHAUST VALVE GUIDE INTAKE VALVE GUIDE Replacement, page 6-92 LOST MOTION ASSEMBLY ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL...
  • Page 179: Engine Compression Inspection

    07/11/02 09:24:09 61TA0000_060_0056 Cylinder Head Engine Compression Inspection NOTE: After this inspection, you must reset the engine 11. Open the throttle fully, then crank the engine with control module (ECM)/powertrain control module the starter motor and measure the compression. (PCM), otherwise the ECM/PCM will continue to stop the fuel injectors from functioning.
  • Page 180: Vtec Rocker Arm Test

    07/11/02 09:24:10 61TA0000_060_0057 VTEC Rocker Arm Test Special Tools Required 5. Exhaust side: Move the secondary rocker arm (A) • Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 for the No. 1 cylinder. The secondary rocker arm • VTEC air adapter 07ZAJ-PNAA101 should move independently of the primary rocker •...
  • Page 181 07/11/02 09:24:10 61TA0000_060_0058 Cylinder Head VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont’d) 9. Remove the sealing bolt (A) from the relief hole, 13. Intake side: With the specified air pressure applied, and install the VTEC air stopper (B). move the secondary rocker arm (A) for the No. 1 *03...
  • Page 182: Vtc Actuator Inspection

    07/11/02 09:24:11 61TA0000_060_0059 VTC Actuator Inspection 14. Exhaust side: With the specified air pressure 1. Remove the cam chain (see page 6-64). applied, move the secondary rocker arm (A) for the No. 1 cylinder. The primary rocker arm (B) and the 2.
  • Page 183: Valve Clearance Adjustment

    07/11/02 09:24:11 61TA0000_060_0060 Cylinder Head VTC Actuator Inspection (cont’d) Valve Clearance Adjustment 8. Apply air to the advance hole to release the lock. Special Tools Required *02 • Adjuster 07MAA-PR70110 • Locknut wrench 07MAA-PR70120 NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100 °F (38 °C).
  • Page 184 07/11/02 09:24:51 61TA0000_060_0061 3. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the 5. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the valves you are going to check. locknut with the locknut wrench and adjuster, and turn the adjusting screw until the drag on the feeler Valve Clearance gauge is correct.
  • Page 185 07/11/02 09:24:52 61TA0000_060_0062 Cylinder Head Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont’d) 7. Rotate the crankshaft 180 ° clockwise (camshaft 11. Rotate the crankshaft 180 ° clockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90 °). pulley turns 90 °). *05 *07 8. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance 12.
  • Page 186: Crankshaft Pulley Removal And Installation

    07/11/02 09:24:52 61TA0000_060_0063 Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation Installation Special Tools Required • Holder handle 07JAB-001020B • Crankshaft pulley holder 070AB-RJA0100 1. Clean the crankshaft pulley (A), the crankshaft (B), • Socket, 19 mm 07JAA-001020A or a commercially the bolt (C), and the washer (D). Lubricate with new available 19 mm socket engine oil as shown.
  • Page 187: Cam Chain Removal

    07/11/02 09:24:53 61TA0000_060_0064 Cylinder Head Cam Chain Removal NOTE: Keep the cam chain away from magnetic fields. 7. Remove the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see page 11-325). 1. Remove the front wheels. 8. Remove the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-63). 2.
  • Page 188 07/11/02 09:24:54 61TA0000_060_0065 12. Remove the cam chain case (A) and spacer (B). 15. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the auto- *05 tensioner (B), then insert a 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) diameter pin or lock pin (P/N 14511-PNA-003) (C) into the holes.
  • Page 189: Cam Chain Installation

    07/11/02 09:24:55 61TA0000_060_0066 Cylinder Head Cam Chain Removal (cont’d) Cam Chain Installation 17. Remove cam chain guide B. NOTE: *09 • Keep the cam chain away from magnetic fields. • Before doing this procedure, check that the variable valve timing control (VTC) actuator is locked by turning the VTC actuator counterclockwise.
  • Page 190 07/11/02 09:24:56 61TA0000_060_0067 3. To hold the intake camshaft, insert a camshaft lock 6. Install the cam chain on the VTC actuator and the pin set (P/N 07AAB-RWCA120) (A) into the exhaust camshaft sprocket with the punch marks maintenance hole in camshaft position (CMP) pulse (A) aligned with the center of the two colored link plate A (B) and through the No.
  • Page 191 07/11/02 09:24:57 61TA0000_060_0068 Cylinder Head Cam Chain Installation (cont’d) 8. Install the auto-tensioner. 10. Remove the pin or lock pin (P/N 14511-PNA-003) from the auto-tensioner. *09 NOTE: Check the auto-tensioner cam position. If the position are not aligned, set the first cam to the first edge of the rack.
  • Page 192 07/11/02 09:24:58 61TA0000_060_0069 15. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 18. Install the spacer (A), then install the new O-ring (B) 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine on the chain case. Set the edge of the chain case (C) block mating surface of the chain case.
  • Page 193 07/11/02 09:24:58 61TA0000_060_0070 Cylinder Head Cam Chain Installation (cont’d) 19. Install the side engine mount bracket, then tighten 22. Install the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-63). the side engine mount bracket mounting bolts. *15 23. Install the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see page 11-325).
  • Page 194: Auto-Tensioner Removal And Installation

    07/11/02 09:24:59 61TA0000_060_0071 Auto-tensioner Removal and Installation Removal 3. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the auto- tensioner (B), then insert a 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) 1. Remove the chain case cover. diameter pin or lock pin (P/N 14511-PNA-003) (C) *01...
  • Page 195 07/11/02 09:25:00 61TA0000_060_0072 Cylinder Head Auto-tensioner Removal and Installation (cont’d) Installation 5. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the chain 1. Install the auto-tensioner. case mating surface of the chain case cover. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the NOTE: Check the auto-tensioner cam position.
  • Page 196: Chain Case Oil Seal Installation

    07/11/02 09:25:00 61TA0000_060_0073 Chain Case Oil Seal Installation Special Tools Required • Handle driver 07749-0010000 • Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 1. Use the handle driver and attachment to drive a new oil seal squarely into the chain case to the specified installed height.
  • Page 197: Cam Chain Inspection

    07/11/02 09:25:01 61TA0000_060_0074 Cylinder Head Cam Chain Inspection Special Tools Required 7. Measure the clearance between the cam chain and Cam chain inspection gauge 07AAJ-RWCA100 the tensioner arm with the cam chain inspection gauge. 1. Remove the front wheels. • If the clearance is OK, go to step 18. 2.
  • Page 198 07/11/02 09:25:01 61TA0000_060_0075 12. Measure the oil pump chain auto-tensioner rod length. Oil Pump Chain Auto-Tensioner Rod Length Service Limit: 13 mm (0.5 in.) *04 13. If the length is over the service limit, replace the oil pump chain (see page 8-24). When replacing, check the teeth on the crankshaft sprocket and oil pump sprocket for wear and damage.
  • Page 199: Cylinder Head Cover Removal

    07/11/02 09:25:02 61TA0000_060_0076 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Cover Removal 1. Remove the strut brace (if equipped) (see page 6. Remove the cylinder head cover. 20-287). *03 2. Remove the intake manifold cover. *01 3. Remove the four ignition coils (see page 4-21). 4.
  • Page 200: Cylinder Head Cover Installation

    07/11/02 09:25:03 61TA0000_060_0077 Cylinder Head Cover Installation 1. Thoroughly clean the head cover gasket and the 5. Set the spark plug seals (A) on the spark plug tubes. groove. Place the cylinder head cover (B) on the cylinder head, then slide the cover slightly back and forth to 2.
  • Page 201: Cylinder Head Removal

    07/11/02 09:25:03 61TA0000_060_0078 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Cover Installation Cylinder Head Removal (cont’d) NOTE: • Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted 8. Install the two bolts (A) securing the evaporative surfaces. emission (EVAP) canister purge valve bracket. • To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors *05...
  • Page 202 07/11/02 09:25:04 61TA0000_060_0079 8. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A), then 10. Remove the four bolts securing the EVAP canister disconnect the fuel feed hose (B) (see page 11-366). purge valve bracket. *02 *04 9. Disconnect the four fuel injector connectors (A), the 11.
  • Page 203 07/11/02 09:25:05 61TA0000_060_0080 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Removal (cont’d) 12. Remove the two bolts (A) securing the connecting 15. Remove the cam chain (see page 6-64). pipe. *06 16. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-84). 17. Remove the cylinder head bolts. To prevent warpage, loosen the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time;...
  • Page 204: Cmp Pulse Plate A Replacement

    07/11/02 09:25:40 61TA0000_060_0081 CMP Pulse Plate A Replacement CMP Pulse Plate B Replacement 1. Remove the cylinder head cover (see page 6-76). 1. Remove the cylinder head cover (see page 6-76). 2. Remove camshaft position (CMP) sensor A 2. Remove camshaft position (CMP) sensor B (see page 11-326).
  • Page 205: Vtc Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Replacement

    07/11/02 09:25:40 61TA0000_060_0082 Cylinder Head VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Replacement Removal Installation 1. Remove the cam chain (see page 6-64). 1. Install the VTC actuator and the exhaust camshaft sprocket. 2. Hold the camshaft with an open-end wrench, then loosen the variable valve timing control (VTC) NOTE: Install the VTC actuator while in the actuator mounting bolt and the exhaust camshaft...
  • Page 206: Cylinder Head Inspection For Warpage

    07/11/02 09:25:41 61TA0000_060_0083 Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage 1. Remove the cylinder head (see page 6-78). 2. Inspect the camshaft (see page 6-88). 3. Check the cylinder head for warpage. Measure along the edges, and three ways across the center. •...
  • Page 207: Rocker Arm Assembly Removal

    07/11/02 09:25:42 61TA0000_060_0084 Cylinder Head Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 1. Remove the cam chain (see page 6-64). 4. Remove cam chain guide B, the camshaft holders, and the camshafts. 2. Loosen the rocker arm adjusting screws (A). *01 5. Insert the bolts (A) into the rocker shaft holder, then remove the rocker arm assembly (B).
  • Page 208: Rocker Arm And Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly

    07/11/02 09:25:42 61TA0000_060_0085 Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly NOTE: • Identify each part as it is removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. • Inspect the rocker arm shaft and rocker arms (see page 6-86). •...
  • Page 209: Rocker Arm And Shaft Inspection

    07/11/02 09:25:43 61TA0000_060_0086 Cylinder Head Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-84). 5. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm, and check it for an out-of-round condition. 2. Disassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-85).
  • Page 210 07/11/02 09:25:43 61TA0000_060_0087 8. Inspect the rocker arm pistons (A). Push on each piston manually. If it does not move smoothly, replace the rocker arm set. NOTE: Apply new engine oil to the rocker arm pistons when reassembling. Intake side *04...
  • Page 211: Camshaft Inspection

    07/11/02 09:25:43 61TA0000_060_0088 Cylinder Head Camshaft Inspection NOTE: Do not rotate the camshaft during inspection. 3. Seat the camshaft by pushing it away from the camshaft pulley end of the cylinder head. 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-84). 4.
  • Page 212 07/11/02 09:25:45 61TA0000_060_0089 5. Loosen the camshaft holder bolts two turns at a 10. Check the total runout with the camshaft supported time, in a crisscross pattern. Then remove the on V-blocks. camshaft holders from the cylinder head. • If the total runout of the camshaft is within the 6.
  • Page 213: Valve, Spring, And Valve Seal Removal

    07/11/02 09:25:45 61TA0000_060_0090 Cylinder Head Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal Special Tools Required 5. Install the valve guide seal remover. Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A *03 Identify the valves and valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position.
  • Page 214: Valve Inspection

    07/11/02 09:25:46 61TA0000_060_0091 Valve Inspection Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 1. Remove the valves (see page 6-90). 2. Measure the valve in these areas. 1. Remove the valves (see page 6-90). Intake Valve Dimensions 2. Slide the valve out of its guide about 10 mm A Standard (New): 35.85 36.15 mm −...
  • Page 215: Valve Guide Replacement

    07/11/02 09:25:47 61TA0000_060_0092 Cylinder Head Valve Guide Replacement Special Tools Required 5. Working from the camshaft side, use the driver and • Valve guide driver, 5.5 mm 07742-0010100 an air hammer to drive the guide about 2 mm • Valve guide reamer, 5.5 mm 07HAH-PJ7A100 (0.1 in.) towards the combustion chamber.
  • Page 216 07/11/02 09:25:47 61TA0000_060_0093 9. Apply a thin coat of new engine oil to the outside of 10. Coat both the reamer and the valve guide with the new valve guide. Install the guide from the cutting oil. camshaft side of the head; use the 5.5 mm valve guide driver to drive the guide in to the specified 11.
  • Page 217: Valve Seat Reconditioning

    07/11/02 09:25:48 61TA0000_060_0094 Cylinder Head Valve Seat Reconditioning 1. Inspect the valve stem-to-guide clearance 5. Make one more very light pass with the 45 ° cutter (see page 6-91). If the valve guides are worn, to remove any possible burrs caused by the other replace them (see page 6-92) before cutting the cutters.
  • Page 218 07/11/02 09:25:48 61TA0000_060_0095 8. Insert the intake and exhaust valves in the head, and measure the valve stem installed height (A). Intake Valve Stem Installed Height Standard (New): 44.0 44.5 mm (1.73 1.75 in.) − − Service Limit: 44.7 mm (1.76 in.) Exhaust Valve Stem Installed Height −...
  • Page 219: Valve, Spring, And Valve Seal Installation

    07/11/02 09:25:49 61TA0000_060_0096 Cylinder Head Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation Special Tools Required 5. Install the valve spring and the spring retainer. • Stem seal driver 07PAD-0010000 Place the end of the valve spring with the closely • Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A wound coils toward the cylinder head.
  • Page 220: Rocker Arm Assembly Installation

    07/11/02 09:25:50 61TA0000_060_0097 Rocker Arm Assembly Installation 1. Reassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page 6. Make sure the punch marks on the variable valve 6-85). timing control (VTC) actuator and the exhaust camshaft sprocket are facing up, then set the 2.
  • Page 221: Cylinder Head Installation

    07/11/02 09:25:51 61TA0000_060_0098 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Installation 1. Install a new coolant separator in the engine block 4. Set the crankshaft to top dead center (TDC). Align whenever the engine block is replaced. the TDC mark (A) on the crankshaft sprocket with *01...
  • Page 222 07/11/02 09:25:52 61TA0000_060_0099 8. Apply new engine oil to the threads and under the 11. Install the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-97). bolt heads of all cylinder head bolts. 12. Install the cam chain (see page 6-66). 9. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in sequence to 39 N·m (4.0 kgf·m, 29 lbf·ft).
  • Page 223 07/11/02 09:25:53 61TA0000_060_0100 Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Installation (cont’d) 16. Install the upper radiator hose (A), the heater hoses 18. Connect the four fuel injector connectors (A), the (B), and the water bypass hose (C). engine mount control solenoid connector (B), and *08...
  • Page 224: Sealing Bolt Installation

    07/11/02 09:26:04 61TA0000_060_0101 Sealing Bolt Installation 20. Install the EVAP canister hose (A). NOTE: When installing the sealing bolt, always use a *12 new washer. *01 22 x 1.5 mm 74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft) 21. Install the catalytic converter (see page 11-393). 22.
  • Page 225 07/11/02 09:26:04 61TA0000_060_0102 TA08AEJ0000000J0601ZAAT00...
  • Page 226 07/11/02 09:09:20 61TA0000_070_0001 Engine Mechanical Engine Block Special Tools ..........................7-2 Component Location Index ................. 7-3 Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection ........................... 7-5 Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement .......... . 7-6 Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement .....
  • Page 227 07/11/02 09:09:20 61TA0000_070_0002 Engine Block Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07ZAD-PNAA100 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 96 07746-0010700 Attachment, 24 x 26 mm 07749-0010000 Handle Driver 01 01 01 TA08AE40000000J0701PAAT00...
  • Page 228: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:09:23 61TA0000_070_0003 Component Location Index *01 BAFFLE PLATE LOWER BLOCK DOWEL PINS CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL, TRANSMISSION END Installation, step 22 on page 7-30 Installation - in Car, page 7-35 CKP PULSE PLATE Replacement, page 7-31 MAIN BEARINGS Oil Clearance, page 7-6 Selection, page 7-7 THRUST WASHERS CRANKSHAFT...
  • Page 229 07/11/02 09:09:26 61TA0000_070_0004 Engine Block Component Location Index (cont’d) *02 PISTON RINGS Replacement, page 7-24 PISTON PIN Removal, page 7-21 PISTON Inspection, page 7-22 Removal, page 7-15 Installation, page 7-23 Measurement, page 7-22 CONNECTING ROD End Play, page 7-5 Small End Measurement, page 7-22 ENGINE BLOCK Cylinder Bore Inspection, page 7-18 Warpage Inspection, page 7-18...
  • Page 230: Connecting Rod And Crankshaft End Play Inspection

    07/11/02 09:09:27 61TA0000_070_0005 Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection 1. Remove the oil pump (see page 8-16). 5. Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial against the end of the 2. Remove the baffle plate (see step 8 on page 7-15). crankshaft.
  • Page 231: Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement

    07/11/02 09:09:27 61TA0000_070_0006 Engine Block Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement Main Bearing Clearance Inspection 6. Remove the lower block and bearings again, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. 1. To check the main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the lower block and the bearing halves Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance (see page 7-15).
  • Page 232 07/11/02 09:09:28 61TA0000_070_0007 Main Bearing Selection Main Journal Code Location Crankshaft Bore Code Location 2. The main journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft in either location. 1. Numbers, letters, or bars have been stamped on *04 the end of the engine block as a code for the size of each of the five main journal bores.
  • Page 233 07/11/02 09:09:28 61TA0000_070_0008 Engine Block Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement (cont’d) 3. Use the crank bore codes and crank journal codes K24Z3 engine to select the appropriate replacement bearings *07 Larger block bore from the following table. Crank bore 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or...
  • Page 234: Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement

    07/11/02 09:09:28 61TA0000_070_0009 Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance 8. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, Inspection remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the appropriate color 1. Remove the oil pump (see page 8-16). code(s), and recheck the clearance.
  • Page 235 07/11/02 09:09:29 61TA0000_070_0010 Engine Block Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement (cont’d) Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Connecting Rod Journal Code Location 1. Inspect each connecting rod for cracks and heat 3. The connecting rod journal codes are stamped on damage. the crankshaft in either location. *03...
  • Page 236 07/11/02 09:09:29 61TA0000_070_0011 4. Use the big end bore codes and rod journal codes to select appropriate replacement bearings from the following table. NOTE: • The color code is on the edge of the bearing. • When using bearing halves of different colors, it does not matter which color is used in the top or bottom.
  • Page 237: Oil Pan Removal

    07/11/02 09:09:29 61TA0000_070_0012 Engine Block Oil Pan Removal 1. If the engine is already out of the vehicle, go to step 7. Loosen the rear engine mount mounting bolts (A). M/T model *02 2. Remove the strut brace (if equipped) (see page 20-287).
  • Page 238 07/11/02 09:09:30 61TA0000_070_0013 8. Loosen the upper transmission mount bracket 9. Raise the vehicle on the lift. mounting bolts (A). 10. Remove the left front wheel. M/T model *04 11. Remove the splash shield (see step 24 on page 5-5). 12.
  • Page 239 07/11/02 09:09:30 61TA0000_070_0014 Engine Block Oil Pan Removal (cont’d) 19. Remove the clutch/torque converter cover (A), and remove the two bolts securing the transmission.. *07 20. Remove the bolts securing the oil pan. 21. Using a flat blade screwdriver, separate the oil pan from the engine block in the places shown.
  • Page 240: Crankshaft And Piston Removal

    07/11/02 09:09:31 61TA0000_070_0015 Crankshaft and Piston Removal 1. Remove the engine/transmission (see page 5-3). 9. Remove the 8 mm bolts. *02 2. Remove the transmission: • Manual transmission (see page 13-6) • Automatic transmission (see page 14-243) 3. M/T model: Remove the flywheel (see step 16 on page 12-17).
  • Page 241 07/11/02 09:09:32 61TA0000_070_0016 Engine Block Crankshaft and Piston Removal (cont’d) 11. Remove the lower block and the bearings. Keep all 16. If you can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon the bearings in order. around the top of each cylinder, remove it with a *04...
  • Page 242: Crankshaft Inspection

    07/11/02 09:09:32 61TA0000_070_0017 Crankshaft Inspection Out-of-Round and Taper Straightness 1. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block 6. Place the engine block on a flat surface, crankshaft (see page 7-15). side up. 2. Clean the crankshaft oil passages with pipe 7.
  • Page 243: Block And Piston Inspection

    07/11/02 09:09:33 61TA0000_070_0018 Engine Block Block and Piston Inspection 1. Remove the crankshaft and the pistons (see page 4. Measure the wear and taper in direction X and Y at 7-15). three levels inside each cylinder as shown. If the measurements in any cylinder are beyond the 2.
  • Page 244 07/11/02 09:09:33 61TA0000_070_0019 5. Scored or scratched cylinder bores must be honed. 7. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore diameter and the piston diameter. If the clearance 6. Check the top of the engine block for warpage. is near or exceeds the service limit, inspect the Measure along the edges and across the center as piston and cylinder bore for excessive wear.
  • Page 245: Cylinder Bore Honing

    07/11/02 09:09:34 61TA0000_070_0020 Engine Block Cylinder Bore Honing Only a scored or scratched cylinder bore must be honed. 1. Measure the cylinder bores (see page 7-18). If the engine block is to be reused, hone the cylinders, and remeasure the bores. 2.
  • Page 246: Piston, Pin, And Connecting Rod Replacement

    07/11/02 09:09:57 61TA0000_070_0021 Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement Disassembly 4. Heat the piston and the connecting rod assembly to about 158 °F (70 °C), then remove the piston pin. *03 1. Remove the piston from the engine block (see page 7-15).
  • Page 247 07/11/02 09:09:57 61TA0000_070_0022 Engine Block Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement (cont’d) Inspection 3. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and the piston pin hole diameter in the NOTE: Inspect the piston, the piston pin, and the piston. connecting rod when they are at room temperature.
  • Page 248 07/11/02 09:09:58 61TA0000_070_0023 Reassembly 4. Assemble the piston (A) and the connecting rod (B) with the arrow (C) and the embossed mark (D) on 1. Install a piston pin snap ring (A). the same side. Install the piston pin (E). *08...
  • Page 249: Piston Ring Replacement

    07/11/02 09:09:58 61TA0000_070_0024 Engine Block Piston Ring Replacement 1. Remove the piston from the engine block (see page 4. Using a piston that has its rings removed, push a 7-15). new ring (A) into the cylinder bore 15 20 mm −...
  • Page 250 07/11/02 09:09:59 61TA0000_070_0025 6. Install the top ring and the second ring as shown. 8. Position the ring end gaps as shown: The top ring (A) has a 1R or 1A mark, and the *04 About 90 ° second ring (B) has a 2RN mark. The manufacturing OIL RING GAP SECOND RING GAP marks (C) must face upward.
  • Page 251: Piston Installation

    07/11/02 09:09:59 61TA0000_070_0026 Engine Block Piston Installation If the Crankshaft is Already Installed 7. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigage (see page 7-9). 1. Set the crankshaft to bottom dead center (BDC) for each cylinder as its piston is installed. 8.
  • Page 252: Connecting Rod Bolt Inspection

    07/11/02 09:09:59 61TA0000_070_0027 Connecting Rod Bolt Inspection If the Crankshaft is Not Installed 1. Measure the diameter of each connecting rod bolt at point A and point B. *01 1. Remove the connecting rod caps, then install the 35 mm (1.38 in.) ring compressor, and check that the bearing is securely in place.
  • Page 253: Crankshaft Installation

    07/11/02 09:10:00 61TA0000_070_0028 Engine Block Crankshaft Installation Special Tools Required 4. Install the bearing halves in the engine block and • Handle driver 07749-0010000 the connecting rods. • Attachment, 24 x 26 mm 07746-0010700 • Oil seal driver attachment 96 07ZAD-PNAA100 5.
  • Page 254 07/11/02 09:10:01 61TA0000_070_0029 13. Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 41 N·m 18. Put the lower block on the engine block. (4.2 kgf·m, 30 lbf·ft). 19. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the bearing 14. Tighten the connecting rod bolts an additional 120 °. cap bolts.
  • Page 255 07/11/02 09:10:01 61TA0000_070_0030 Engine Block Crankshaft Installation (cont’d) 21. Tighten the 8 mm bolts in sequence to 22 N·m 23. Measure the distance between the engine block (A) (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft). and the crankshaft oil seal (B). *07 Crankshaft Oil Seal Installed Height: 0.2 1.2 mm (0.001 0.047 in.) −...
  • Page 256: Ckp Pulse Plate Replacement

    07/11/02 09:10:02 61TA0000_070_0031 CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 25. Install the oil pump (see page 8-22). 1. Remove the crankshaft (see page 7-15). 26. Install the oil pan (see page 7-32). 2. Remove the CKP pulse plate (A). *01 27. Install the cylinder head: •...
  • Page 257: Oil Pan Installation

    07/11/02 09:10:02 61TA0000_070_0032 Engine Block Oil Pan Installation 1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pan 5. Tighten the bolts in three steps. In the final step, mating surfaces, the bolts, and the bolt holes. tighten all bolts, in sequence, to 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft).
  • Page 258 07/11/02 09:10:03 61TA0000_070_0033 7. If the engine is still in the vehicle, do steps 8 17. Tighten the upper transmission mount bracket through 24. mounting bolts to the specified torque. 8. Lower the transmission jack from the transmission. M/T model *04...
  • Page 259 07/11/02 09:10:03 61TA0000_070_0034 Engine Block Oil Pan Installation (cont’d) 18. Tighten the rear engine mount mounting bolts to 19. Tighten the front engine mount bolt (A), then install the specified torque. the front engine mount stop (B). *08 12 x 1.25 mm M/T model 79 N·m (8.1 kgf·m, 59 lbf·ft) *06...
  • Page 260: Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Car

    07/11/02 09:10:04 61TA0000_070_0035 Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Car Special Tools Required 6. Measure the distance between the engine block (A) • Handle driver 07749-0010000 and the crankshaft oil seal (B). • Oil seal driver attachment 96 mm 07ZAD-PNAA100 −...
  • Page 261: Sealing Bolt Installation

    07/11/02 09:10:04 61TA0000_070_0036 Engine Block Sealing Bolt Installation NOTE: When installing the sealing bolt (A), always use a new washer. *01 28 x 1.5 mm 98.1 N·m (10.0 kgf·m, 72.3 lbf·ft) 18 x 1.0 mm 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) 20 x 1.0 mm 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft)
  • Page 262 07/11/02 09:11:14 61TA0000_080_0001 Engine Mechanical Engine Lubrication Special Tools ..........................8-2 Component Location Index ................. 8-3 Symptom Troubleshooting Index ............. 8-4 Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram ......8-5 Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) ...........
  • Page 263: Engine Lubrication

    07/11/02 09:11:14 61TA0000_080_0002 Engine Lubrication Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07AAA-PLLA100 Oil Filter Wrench 01 TA08AE40000000J0801PAAT00...
  • Page 264: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:11:18 61TA0000_080_0003 Component Location Index *01 OIL PAN Removal, page 7-12 Installation, page 7-32 WASHER DRAIN BOLT OIL PUMP Overhaul, page 8-15 OIL PUMP CHAIN TENSIONER OIL CONTROL ORIFICE BAFFLE PLATE OIL PUMP CHAIN Inspection, page 8-23 Replacement, page 8-24 OIL FILTER Replacement, page 8-11 OIL PUMP CHAIN...
  • Page 265: Symptom Troubleshooting Index

    07/11/02 09:11:18 61TA0000_080_0004 Engine Lubrication Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for Excessive engine oil Verify that the engine oil filler cap, oil drain bolt, consumption and oil filter are tight. Check for oil leaks. Check for worn valve guide(s): •...
  • Page 266: Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram

    07/11/02 09:11:18 61TA0000_080_0005 Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram *01 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH BATTERY No. 1 (100 A) No. 3 (50 A) IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III) DRIVER’S No. 5 UNDER-DASH (7.5 A) FUSE/RELAY BOX GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CANH CANL...
  • Page 267: Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open)

    07/11/02 09:11:19 61TA0000_080_0006 Engine Lubrication Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). terminal B7 and the oil pressure switch connector.
  • Page 268: Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short)

    07/11/02 09:11:19 61TA0000_080_0007 Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short) 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and jump the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3).
  • Page 269: Oil Pressure Switch Test

    07/11/02 09:11:19 61TA0000_080_0008 Engine Lubrication Oil Pressure Switch Test Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector (A) 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector (A), from the oil pressure switch (B). then remove the oil pressure switch (B). *01...
  • Page 270: Oil Pressure Test

    07/11/02 09:11:20 61TA0000_080_0009 Oil Pressure Test NOTE: If the low oil pressure warning indicator stays on with the engine running, check the engine oil level. If the oil level is correct, do the following test: 1. With the engine stopped, remove the oil pressure switch, and install an oil pressure gauge (A).
  • Page 271: Engine Oil Replacement

    *01 maintenance minder did not require engine oil replacement, go to step 6. 6. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
  • Page 272: Engine Oil Filter Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:21 61TA0000_080_0011 Engine Oil Filter Replacement Special Tools Required 6. If four numbers or marks (1 to 4 or ▼ ▼▼▼▼ Oil filter wrench 07AAA-PLLA100 are printed around the outside of the filter, use the following procedure to tighten the filter. 1.
  • Page 273: Oil Filter Base Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:21 61TA0000_080_0012 Engine Lubrication Oil Filter Base Replacement Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement 1. Remove the oil filter (see page 8-11). 1. Remove the oil filter base (see page 8-12). 2. Remove the exhaust pipe bracket (A), then remove 2.
  • Page 274: Engine Oil Gallery Cap Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:21 61TA0000_080_0013 Engine Oil Gallery Cap Replacement 1. Remove the harness bracket (A), then remove the engine oil gallery cap (B). *01 Replace. 6 x 1.0 mm 22 x 1.5 mm 22 N·m 41 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) (4.2 kgf·m, 30 lbf·ft) 2.
  • Page 275: Oil Jet Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:22 61TA0000_080_0014 Engine Lubrication Oil Jet Replacement Oil Jet Inspection 1. Remove the oil pump (see page 8-16). 1. Remove the oil jet (see page 8-14), and inspect it as follows. 2. Remove the baffle plate (see step 8 on page 7-15). •...
  • Page 276: Oil Pump Overhaul

    07/11/02 09:11:22 61TA0000_080_0015 Oil Pump Overhaul Exploded View *01 8 x 1.25 mm 27 N·m (2.8 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft) Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads. 6 x 1.0 mm 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) BAFFLE PLATES DOWEL PIN 10 x 1.25 mm 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
  • Page 277 07/11/02 09:11:23 61TA0000_080_0016 Engine Lubrication Oil Pump Overhaul (cont’d) Oil Pump Removal 5. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the oil pump chain auto-tensioner (B), then insert a 3.0 mm 1. Turn the crankshaft pulley so its top dead center (0.1 in.) diameter pin (C) into the holes.
  • Page 278 07/11/02 09:11:24 61TA0000_080_0017 Oil Pump Inspection 7. Remove the oil pump sprocket (A) and the oil pump (B), then remove the oil pump chain auto-tensioner (C). 1. Remove the pump housing. *06 *07 2. Check the inner-to-outer rotor radial clearance between the inner rotor (A) and outer rotor (B).
  • Page 279 07/11/02 09:11:25 61TA0000_080_0018 Engine Lubrication Oil Pump Overhaul (cont’d) Balancer Shaft Inspection 3. Check the pump housing-to-rotor axial clearance between the rotor (A) and the pump housing (B). If the pump housing-to-rotor axial clearance exceeds 1. Seat the balancer shaft by pushing it away from the the service limit, replace the oil pump.
  • Page 280 07/11/02 09:11:26 61TA0000_080_0019 4. Remove the upper balancer shaft holder (with 6. Measure the inner diameter of the No. 2 bearing for bearings) (A) and baffle plates (B), then remove the the front balancer shaft hole and the rear balancer front balancer shaft (C) and the rear balancer shaft shaft hole.
  • Page 281 07/11/02 09:11:26 61TA0000_080_0020 Engine Lubrication Oil Pump Overhaul (cont’d) 7. Measure the diameters of the No. 2 journals on the 8. Clean both balancer shaft No. 3 journals and the front balancer shaft and the rear balancer shaft. bearing halves with a clean shop towel, then place both balancer shafts into the balancer holder.
  • Page 282 07/11/02 09:11:40 61TA0000_080_0021 11. Remove the upper balancer shaft holder and the 13. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the 8 mm bearings again, and measure the widest part with bolts (A). *22 the plastigage. If balancer shaft No. 3 journal oil clearance is out-of-tolerance, install new bearings, and recheck.
  • Page 283 07/11/02 09:11:40 61TA0000_080_0022 Engine Lubrication Oil Pump Overhaul (cont’d) Oil Pump Installation 3. To hold the rear balancer shaft, insert a 6 mm long pin punch (A) (Snap-on PPC108LA or equivalent) 1. Make sure the No. 1 piston top dead center (TDC) into the maintenance hole in the balancer shaft mark (A) lines up with the pointer (B).
  • Page 284: Oil Pump Chain Inspection

    07/11/02 09:11:41 61TA0000_080_0023 Oil Pump Chain Inspection 5. Install the oil pump chain auto-tensioner (A). 1. Remove the oil pan (see page 7-12). *28 2. Measure the oil pump chain auto-tensioner rod length. If the length is over the service limit, replace 10 x 1.25 mm the oil pump chain (see page 8-24).
  • Page 285: Oil Pump Chain Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:42 61TA0000_080_0024 Engine Lubrication Oil Pump Chain Replacement NOTE: Keep the oil pump chain away from magnetic 9. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the oil pump fields. chain auto-tensioner (B), then insert a 3.0 mm (0.1 in.) diameter pin (C) into the holes. Turn the Removal crankshaft clockwise to secure the pin.
  • Page 286 07/11/02 09:11:42 61TA0000_080_0025 Installation 11. Loosen the lower oil pump chain auto-tensioner bolt (A), then remove the upper oil pump chain auto-tensioner bolt (B), then turn the oil pump 1. Set the crankshaft to top dead center (TDC). Align chain auto-tensioner clockwise (C). the TDC mark (A) on the crankshaft sprocket with *04...
  • Page 287 07/11/02 09:11:43 61TA0000_080_0026 Engine Lubrication Oil Pump Chain Replacement (cont’d) 4. Install the oil pump sprocket (A) and oil pump chain 7. Remove the 3.0 mm (0.1 in.) diameter pin (A) from guide (B). the oil pump chain auto-tensioner. *08 *10...
  • Page 288 07/11/02 09:12:24 61TA0000_090_0001 Engine Mechanical Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Intake Manifold Removal and Installation ........ . 9-2 Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement ......... 9-8 TA08AE40000000J0901ZCAT00...
  • Page 289 07/11/02 09:12:24 61TA0000_090_0002 Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Intake Manifold Removal and Installation Exploded View *01 ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE INJECTOR BASE Replace if cracked or if mating surface is damaged. 6 x 1.0 mm 12 N·m 8 x 1.25 mm (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
  • Page 290 07/11/02 09:12:25 61TA0000_090_0003 Removal 5. Remove the engine cover. *03 1. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-90). 2. Remove the front grille cover: • 2-door (see page 20-255) • 4-door (see page 20-255) 3. Remove the water separator cover (A) and the intake air duct (B).
  • Page 291 07/11/02 09:12:26 61TA0000_090_0004 Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Intake Manifold Removal and Installation (cont’d) 7. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister 10. Remove the intake manifold bracket. hose (A) and the brake booster vacuum hose (B). *07 *05 8. Remove the water bypass hoses (C), then plug the water bypass hoses.
  • Page 292 07/11/02 09:12:26 61TA0000_090_0005 Installation 12. Remove the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (A) from the intake manifold, then remove the intake manifold (B). 1. Install the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose *09 (A) to the intake manifold, then install the intake manifold (B) and tighten the bolts and nuts in a crisscross pattern in three steps, beginning with the inner bolt.
  • Page 293 07/11/02 09:12:27 61TA0000_090_0006 Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Intake Manifold Removal and Installation (cont’d) 3. Install the intake manifold bracket. 5. Install the water bypass hoses (A). *12 *14 8 x 1.25 mm 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) 6. Install the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister 4.
  • Page 294 07/11/02 09:12:28 61TA0000_090_0007 8. Install the engine cover. 11. Install the front grille cover: *16 6 x 1.0 mm • 2-door (see page 20-255) 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) • 4-door (see page 20-255) 12. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open (see step 6 on page 10-6).
  • Page 295 07/11/02 09:12:28 61TA0000_090_0008 Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts when reassembling. *01 HEAT SHIELD MUFFLER HEAT SHIELD SELF-LOCKING NUTS 10 x 1.25 mm 33 N·m (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) Replace.
  • Page 296 07/11/02 09:13:40 61TA0000_100_0001 Engine Cooling Cooling System Component Location Index ................. 10-2 Radiator Cap Test ........................ . 10-3 Radiator Test ..........................10-3 Fan Motor Test .......................... . 10-4 Thermostat Test ........................10-4 Water Pump Inspection ..........
  • Page 297: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:13:44 61TA0000_100_0002 Cooling System Component Location Index *01 COOLANT SEPARATOR WATER PUMP Inspection, page 10-5 Replacement, page 10-5 WATER PASSAGE Replacement, page 10-10 THERMOSTAT WATER OUTLET Test, page 10-4 Removal, Replacement, page 10-9 page 10-13 Installation, RADIATOR CAP page 10-13 Test, page 10-3 FAN, FAN MOTOR, and SHROUD Removal and Installation, page 10-14...
  • Page 298: Radiator Cap Test

    07/11/02 09:13:45 61TA0000_100_0003 Radiator Cap Test Radiator Test 1. Remove the radiator cap (A), wet its seal with 1. Wait until the engine is cool, then carefully remove engine coolant, then install it on a commercially the radiator cap and fill the radiator with engine available pressure tester (B).
  • Page 299: Fan Motor Test

    07/11/02 09:13:45 61TA0000_100_0004 Cooling System Fan Motor Test Thermostat Test 1. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the radiator fan Replace the thermostat if it is in the open position at motor and the A/C condenser fan motor. room temperature. *01 To test a closed thermostat: 1.
  • Page 300: Water Pump Inspection

    07/11/02 09:13:46 61TA0000_100_0005 Water Pump Inspection Water Pump Replacement 1. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 1. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 2. Turn the water pump pulley counterclockwise. 2. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). Check that it turns freely and smoothly.
  • Page 301: Coolant Check

    4. After the coolant has drained, tighten the radiator drain plug securely. 5. Remove, drain, and reinstall the coolant reservoir. 6. Fill the coolant reservoir to the MAX mark (A) with Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N OL999-9011). *02 10-6 10-6 TA08AE4A14400017301MAAT01...
  • Page 302 To (2.14 US gal) (2.11 US gal) *03 accomplish this, pour 1.6 L (0.4 US gal) of Honda Coolant Concentrate (P/N OL999-9020) into the radiator first, then add Honda Long Life antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 until the radiator is full.
  • Page 303 11. 14. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). 15. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM).
  • Page 304: Thermostat Replacement

    07/11/02 09:13:48 61TA0000_100_0009 Thermostat Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 6. Check the quick connector (A) and set ring (B) for cracks or damage. If the connector and/or set ring 2. Clean any dirt off the quick connector (A), the are cracked or damaged, replace the connector.
  • Page 305: Water Passage Replacement

    07/11/02 09:13:48 61TA0000_100_0010 Cooling System Water Passage Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 9. Remove the connecting pipe mounting bolts (A) securing the connecting pipe (B). *02 2. Remove the splash shield (see step 24 on page 5-5). 3.
  • Page 306 07/11/02 09:13:49 61TA0000_100_0011 14. Install the water pump (see page 10-5). 18. Install the water passage (A) with a new O-ring (B). 15. Install the thermostat housing (A) with a new O-ring NOTE: (B). • Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine *04...
  • Page 307 07/11/02 09:13:50 61TA0000_100_0012 Cooling System Water Passage Replacement (cont’d) 21. Install the intake manifold (see page 9-5). 31. Push the lock (A) down, then push the quick connector (B) onto the thermostat cover until you 22. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-33). hear it click.
  • Page 308: Water Outlet Removal And Installation

    07/11/02 09:13:51 61TA0000_100_0013 Water Outlet Removal and Installation 1. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 4. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-3). 2. Remove the breather pipe (A), then remove the 5. Remove the connecting pipe mounting bolts (A), intake air duct (B).
  • Page 309: Fan, Fan Motor, And Shroud Removal And Installation

    07/11/02 09:13:51 61TA0000_100_0014 Cooling System Fan, Fan Motor, and Shroud Removal and Installation Removal 6. Disconnect the fan motor connectors (A), then remove the harness clamp (B). *03 1. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-90). 2. Remove the harness clamps, then remove the battery base (see step 7 on page 5-3).
  • Page 310 07/11/02 09:13:52 61TA0000_100_0015 Installation 8. Disassemble the fan shrouds. *05 1. Reassemble the fan shrouds. *06 6 N·m (0.6 kgf·m, 4.4 lbf·ft) 4 N·m (0.4 kgf·m, 2.9 lbf·ft) 2. Install the radiator fan shroud assembly (A), then install the A/C condenser fan shroud assembly (B). *07...
  • Page 311 07/11/02 09:13:53 61TA0000_100_0016 Cooling System Fan, Fan Motor, and Shroud Removal and Installation (cont’d) 3. Connect the fan motor connectors (A), then install 5. Install the water separator (A) and the intake air the harness clamp (B). duct (B). *08 *10...
  • Page 312: Radiator Replacement

    07/11/02 09:13:54 61TA0000_100_0017 Radiator Replacement 1. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-90). 9. Disconnect the fan motor connectors (A) and engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 2. Remove the harness clamps, then remove the connector (B), then remove the harness clamps (C). *02...
  • Page 313 07/11/02 09:13:54 61TA0000_100_0018 Cooling System Radiator Replacement (cont’d) 12. Remove the fan shroud assemblies from the radiator. *05 RADIATOR CAP ECT SENSOR 2 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 6 x 1.0 mm 7 N·m (0.7 kgf·m, 5.1 lbf·ft) RADIATOR DRAIN PLUG LOWER CUSHIONS (2) RADIATOR FAN...
  • Page 314: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:13:56 61TA0000_100_0019 Fan Controls Component Location Index *01 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX RADIATOR FAN RELAY Test, page 22-91 A/C CONDENSER FAN RELAY Test, page 22-91 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 Replacement, page 11-228 A/C CONDENSER FAN ASSEMBLY RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY Motor Test, page 10-4 Motor Test, page 10-4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE...
  • Page 315: Symptom Troubleshooting Index

    07/11/02 09:13:56 61TA0000_100_0020 Fan Controls Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for Engine overheats Check the coolant level. Check for any engine coolant leaks (from gaskets, hoses, O-rings, etc.). Check for dirt, leaves, or insects on radiator and A/C condenser. Check for deteriorated coolant.
  • Page 316: Circuit Diagram

    07/11/02 09:14:05 61TA0000_100_0021 Circuit Diagram *01 DRIVER’S UNDER-DASH UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH FUSE/RELEY BOX BATTERY No. 1 (100 A) No. 3 (50 A) No. 16 (7.5 A) No. 14 No. 3 No. 5 (30 A) (15 A) (20 A) IG2 HOT in ON (II) PGM-FI RADIATOR...
  • Page 317: Radiator Fan Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:14:06 61TA0000_100_0022 Fan Controls Radiator Fan Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Check for the PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). 5. Connect radiator fan relay 4P socket terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire. Are DT Cs P2183, P2184, and/ or P2185 *02...
  • Page 318 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *04 11. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 2P CONNECTOR 12.
  • Page 319 07/11/02 09:14:06 61TA0000_100_0024 TA08AE40000000J1001ZAAT00...
  • Page 320 07/11/02 08:59:55 61TA0000_110_0001 Fuel and Emissions Fuel and Emissions Systems Fuel Supply System Special Tools ..................... 11-2 Component Location Index ............ . 11-344 General Troubleshooting Information ....11-3 DTC Troubleshooting ................ . 11-346 DTC Troubleshooting Index ......
  • Page 321 07/11/02 08:59:56 61TA0000_110_0002 Fuel and Emissions Systems Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07AAA-S0XA100 Fuel Sender Wrench 07AAJ-S6MA150 Fuel Pressure Gauge Attachment Set − 07JAZ-001000B Vacuum/Pressure Gauge, 0 4 in.Hg 07NAJ-P07010A Pressure Gauge Adapter 07ZAJ-S5AA200 Oil Pressure Hose 07406-0020201 A/T Pressure Hose 07406-0070301 A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel...
  • Page 322: General Troubleshooting Information

    5. Check the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and note it. Also check the freeze data and/or on-board How to Use the HDS (Honda Diagnostic snapshot data, and download any data found. Then System) refer to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting, and...
  • Page 323 07/11/02 08:59:57 61TA0000_110_0004 Fuel and Emissions Systems General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d) DTC Clear If the MIL did not stay on If the MIL did not stay on but there is a driveability problem, do the symptom troubleshooting. 1. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped.
  • Page 324 07/11/02 08:59:58 61TA0000_110_0005 CKP Pattern Clear/CKP Pattern Learn Learn Procedure (without the HDS) Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (A/T in P or N, M/T in 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) neutral) until the radiator fan comes on.
  • Page 325 07/11/02 08:59:58 61TA0000_110_0006 Fuel and Emissions Systems General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d) How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the ECM/ 5. Connect one side of the patch cords (A) terminals to PCM Connectors a commercially available digital multimeter (B), and connect the other side of the patch cord NOTE: The ECM/PCM overwrites data and monitors the terminals to a commercially available banana jack EVAP system for up to about 40 minutes after the...
  • Page 326 Special Tools Required 7. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-90). • Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester • Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation 8. Remove the bolts (D). with HDS and CM update software *08...
  • Page 327 07/11/02 08:59:59 61TA0000_110_0008 Fuel and Emissions Systems General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d) OBD Status 12. Do the battery installation procedure (see page 22-90). The OBD status shows the current system status of NOTE: While doing the battery installation each DTC and all of the parameters. This function is procedure, do not start the engine.
  • Page 328: Dtc Troubleshooting Index

    07/11/02 08:59:59 61TA0000_110_0009 DTC Troubleshooting Index Two Drive Cycle Detection Item Note (MIL indication ) Detection P0010 (56) ――― Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) Oil Control Solenoid Valve (see page 11-282) Malfunction ○ P0011 (56) Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) System Malfunction (see page 11-285) P0101 (50) ○...
  • Page 329 07/11/02 09:00:00 61TA0000_110_0010 Fuel and Emissions Systems DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) Two Drive Cycle Detection Item Note (MIL indication ) Detection P0341 (57) ○ Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A and Crankshaft Position (CKP) (see page 11-290) Sensor Incorrect Phase Detected ○...
  • Page 330 07/11/02 09:00:00 61TA0000_110_0011 Two Drive Cycle Detection Item Note (MIL indication ) Detection P0720 (122) ○ Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction (see page 11-150) P1009 (56) ――― Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) Advance Malfunction (see page 11-293) ○ P1109 (13) Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Out of Range High (see page 11-154)
  • Page 331 07/11/02 09:00:00 61TA0000_110_0012 Fuel and Emissions Systems DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) Two Drive Cycle Detection Item Note (MIL indication ) Detection P2422 (117) ○ Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Stuck Closed (see page 11-423) Malfunction ――― P2610 (132) Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (see page 11-188) Ignition Off Internal Timer Malfunction...
  • Page 332: Symptom Troubleshooting Index

    07/11/02 09:00:00 61TA0000_110_0013 Symptom Troubleshooting Index When the vehicle has one of these symptoms, check for a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) with the HDS. If there is no DTC, do the diagnostic procedure for the symptom, in the sequence listed, until you find the cause. Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for...
  • Page 333 07/11/02 09:00:01 61TA0000_110_0014 Fuel and Emissions Systems Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for After warming up, idle speed Troubleshoot the alternator FR signal circuit is below specification without (see page 11-337). load Do the carbon accumulation check (see page 11-384). (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) After warming up, idle speed Troubleshoot the alternator FR signal circuit...
  • Page 334: System Description

    07/11/02 09:00:01 61TA0000_110_0015 System Description Electronic Control System The functions of the fuel and emission control systems are managed by the engine control module (ECM) on vehicles with manual transmissions or the powertrain control module (PCM) on vehicles with automatic transmissions. Self-diagnosis The ECM/PCM detects the failure of a signal from a sensor or from another control unit and stores a Temporary DTC or a DTC.
  • Page 335 07/11/02 09:00:01 61TA0000_110_0016 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ECM/PCM Electrical Connections *01 IGNITION COIL RELAY FUEL PUMP PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 RADIATOR FAN RELAY BATTERY A/C CONDENSER FAN RELAY +...
  • Page 336 07/11/02 09:00:02 61TA0000_110_0017 *02 MAP SENSOR No. 1 INJECTOR VCC1 C13 C5 INJ1 MAP C11 SG1 C14 No. 2 INJECTOR C6 INJ2 NC B38 No. 3 INJECTOR OUTPUT SHAFT C7 INJ3 (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR No. 4 INJECTOR C8 INJ4 MAF SENSOR +...
  • Page 337 07/11/02 09:00:02 61TA0000_110_0018 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ECM/PCM Electrical Connections (cont’d) *03 EVAP CANISTER AFSHTC C9 VENT SHUT VALVE + A11 VSV − EVAP CANISTER A/F SENSOR PURGE VALVE (SENSOR 1) B3 PCS SHO2S B36 SO2SHTC B4 SECONDARY HO2S ALTERNATOR...
  • Page 338 07/11/02 09:00:03 61TA0000_110_0019 *04 FTP SENSOR A20 VCC6 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH A27 FTP A10 SG6 BKSW A42 BKSWNC A41 ECT SENSOR 2 A34 ECT2 VSSOUT A30 To NAVIGATION UNIT GAUGE CONTROL MODULE NEP A29 To AUDIO UNIT A3 CANH A4 CANL CRMTCLS A43 CLUTCH PEDAL...
  • Page 339 07/11/02 09:00:03 61TA0000_110_0020 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ECM/PCM Electrical Connections (cont’d) *05 TP SENSOR C12 VCC3 C20 TPSA VCC4 A26 C21 TPSB APSA A18 C43 SG3 SG4 A36 C4 ETCSM + VCC5 A25 − C3 ETCSM APSB A19 THROTTLE ACTUATOR APP SENSOR A/B...
  • Page 340 07/11/02 09:00:38 61TA0000_110_0021 *06 VCC2 B19 NM B18 INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR ATFT B28 B14 ATPP ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR B15 ATPR SHA B11 B13 ATPN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A B22 ATPD SHB B12 B16 ATPD3 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B B17 ATP2-1 SHC B21 SHIFT SOLENOID...
  • Page 341 07/11/02 09:00:38 61TA0000_110_0022 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) Vacuum Hose Routing *07 ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE BRAKE BOOSTER EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER FRONT ENGINE MOUNT EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VALVE FRONT OF VEHICLE 11-22...
  • Page 342 07/11/02 09:00:39 61TA0000_110_0023 Vacuum Distribution *08 ATMOSPHERE ATMOSPHERE ENGINE COOLANT AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) FUEL FILTER SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FUEL PUMP (SECONDARY HO2S) (SENSOR 2) FUEL TANK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR AIR CLEANER ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 INTAKE AIR RESONATOR MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR and POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE...
  • Page 343 07/11/02 09:00:39 61TA0000_110_0024 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) □ ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( ) (49P) *09 Terminal side of female terminals NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal number...
  • Page 344 07/11/02 09:00:40 61TA0000_110_0025 □ ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( ) (49P) *10 Terminal side of female terminals NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal number APSA (ACCELERATOR Detects APP sensor A signal With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal PEDAL POSITION (APP) pressed: about 4.8 V...
  • Page 345 07/11/02 09:00:40 61TA0000_110_0026 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) □ ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( ) (49P) *11 Terminal side of female terminals NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal number...
  • Page 346 07/11/02 09:00:40 61TA0000_110_0027 □ ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( ) (49P) *12 Terminal side of female terminals NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal number BKSWNC (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal With ignition switch ON (II) and brake pedal POSITION SWITCH) position switch signal...
  • Page 347 07/11/02 09:00:41 61TA0000_110_0028 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) △ ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B ( ) (49P) *13 Terminal side of female terminals NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal number...
  • Page 348 07/11/02 09:00:41 61TA0000_110_0029 △ ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B ( ) (49P) *14 Terminal side of female terminals NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal number GRN/RED ATP2-1 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In 2 and 1: about 0 V RANGE SWITCH 2-1) switch 2-1 position signal...
  • Page 349 07/11/02 09:00:41 61TA0000_110_0030 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) △ ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B ( ) (49P) *15 Terminal side of female terminals NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal number...
  • Page 350 07/11/02 09:00:42 61TA0000_110_0031 ○ ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C ( ) (49P) *16 Terminal side of female terminals NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal number YEL/GRN IG1ETCS (IGNITION Detects ignition signal With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage SIGNAL ETCS) PGMETCS (POWER...
  • Page 351 07/11/02 09:00:42 61TA0000_110_0032 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ○ ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C ( ) (49P) *17 Terminal side of female terminals NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal number...
  • Page 352 07/11/02 09:00:43 61TA0000_110_0033 PGM-FI System Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by The programmed fuel injection (PGM-FI) system is a the ECM/PCM to determine ignition timing, timing for sequential multiport fuel injection system. the fuel injection of each cylinder, and engine misfire detection.
  • Page 353 07/11/02 09:00:43 61TA0000_110_0034 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) Knock Sensor Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication (In relation The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to to Readiness Codes) minimize knock. The vehicle has certain ‘‘readiness codes’’ that are part *22...
  • Page 354 07/11/02 09:00:44 61TA0000_110_0035 Electronic Throttle Control System Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor This sensor detects countershaft speed. *25 The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic TERMINAL TERMINAL throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. MAGNET Idle control: When the engine is idling, the ECM/PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle...
  • Page 355 07/11/02 09:00:44 61TA0000_110_0036 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) Fuel Supply System Throttle Body The throttle body is a single-barrel side draft type. The lower portion of the throttle valve is heated by engine Fuel Cutoff Control coolant from the cylinder head to prevent icing of the During deceleration with the throttle valve closed, throttle plate.
  • Page 356 07/11/02 09:00:44 61TA0000_110_0037 i-VTEC • The i-VTEC system has a variable valve timing control (VTC) mechanism on the intake camshaft in addition to the usual VTEC. This system improves fuel efficiency and reduces exhaust emissions at all levels of engine speed, vehicle speed, and engine load.
  • Page 357 07/11/02 09:00:45 61TA0000_110_0038 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) VTC System • The VTC system makes continuous intake valve timing changes based on operating conditions. • Intake valve timing is optimized to allow the engine to produce maximum power. •...
  • Page 358 07/11/02 09:00:45 61TA0000_110_0039 VTC System Diagram The VTC oil control solenoid valve controls oil pressure to the advance chamber/retard chamber of the VTC actuator according to a signal from the ECM/PCM. When the VTC actuator vanes rotate to the advance or retard position, the intake camshaft timing is changed.
  • Page 359 07/11/02 09:00:45 61TA0000_110_0040 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) VTEC System Intake valve side (All models) • The VTEC system changes the cam profile to correspond to engine speed. It maximizes torque at low engine speed and output at high engine speed. •...
  • Page 360 07/11/02 09:01:19 61TA0000_110_0041 PZEV model (Intake and exhaust valve VTEC) ENGINE ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM INTAKE ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM EXHAUST SPEED OIL CONTROL OIL PRESSURE VALVE LIFT OIL CONTROL OIL PRESSURE VALVE 2 SOLENOID A SWITCH A SOLENOID B SWITCH B OPERATION IDLE-LOW...
  • Page 361 07/11/02 09:01:20 61TA0000_110_0042 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) VTEC System Operation Intake valve side At low engine speed, the rocker arm oil control solenoid (rocker arm oil control solenoid A) is turned off by the ECM/ PCM. Oil pressure from the rocker arm oil control valve does not enter the intake rocker shaft. Each intake rocker arm is separated by a return spring and lifted by each low lift cam lobe.
  • Page 362 07/11/02 09:01:20 61TA0000_110_0043 Exhaust valve side (PZEV model) At idle and low engine speed, rocker arm oil control solenoid B is turned off by the PCM. Oil pressure from the rocker arm oil control valve does not enter the exhaust rocker shaft. Each exhaust rocker arm is separated by a return spring, and lifted by a timing cam lobe.
  • Page 363 07/11/02 09:01:21 61TA0000_110_0044 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) Catalytic Converter System Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System Warm Up Three Way Catalytic Converter (WU-TWC) The PCV valve prevents blow-by gasses from escaping and Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) into the atmosphere by venting them into the intake The WU-TWC/TWC converts hydrocarbons (HC), carbon manifold.
  • Page 364 07/11/02 09:01:21 61TA0000_110_0045 Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor System The FTP sensor converts fuel tank absolute pressure into an electrical input to the ECM/PCM. *42 Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. SENSOR UNIT TERMINAL EVAP Canister...
  • Page 365 07/11/02 09:01:22 61TA0000_110_0046 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) Fuel Cap Warning Message To make the message go off (with the HDS) The ECM/PCM will detect a loose or missing fuel fill cap Procedure as an evaporative system leak and alerts the driver by showing a warning message in the gauge display.
  • Page 366 07/11/02 09:01:22 61TA0000_110_0047 Electronic Throttle Control System Diagram The electronic throttle control system consists of the throttle actuator, throttle position (TP) sensor A/B, accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor A/B, the electronic throttle control system (ETCS) control relay, and the ECM/PCM. *45...
  • Page 367 07/11/02 09:01:23 61TA0000_110_0048 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Diagram The EVAP controls minimize the amount of fuel vapor escaping to the atmosphere. Vapor from the fuel tank is temporarily stored in the EVAP canister until it can be purged from the canister into the engine and burned. The EVAP canister is purged by drawing fresh air through it and into a port on the intake manifold.
  • Page 368 07/11/02 09:01:23 61TA0000_110_0049 ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram *47 24P JUNCTION ECM/PCM CONNECTOR YEL/BLK YEL/BLK INJ1 No. 1 INJECTOR YEL/BLK INJ2 No. 2 INJECTOR YEL/BLK INJ3 No. 3 INJECTOR YEL/BLK INJ4 No. 4 INJECTOR BLK/YEL BLU/WHT CMPA BRN/YEL CMP SENSOR A YEL/BLK CMPB BRN/YEL CMP SENSOR B...
  • Page 369 07/11/02 09:01:24 61TA0000_110_0050 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont’d) *48 12 V GRN/YEL GRN/YEL (VTSA)*1 ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL VTPSWB SOLENOID (A)*1 BLU/BLK BLU/BLK VTPSW BRN/YEL (VTPSWA)*1 ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (A)*1 GRN/RED GRN/RED VTSB ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL...
  • Page 370 07/11/02 09:01:24 61TA0000_110_0051 *49 BRN/ BRN/ BRN/ BRN/ BRN/ C101 BRN/YEL BRN/YEL BRN/YEL BRN/YEL BRN/YEL BRN/YEL BRN/YEL G101 C102 RED/BLU RED/BLU KNOCK SENSOR LT GRN Brake pedal pressed: closed BKSW Brake pedal released: open BLK/RED Brake pedal pressed: open Brake pedal released: closed BKSWNC BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH...
  • Page 371 07/11/02 09:01:25 61TA0000_110_0052 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont’d) *50 RED/BLK RED/BLK + BLK/BLU SENSOR BLK/BLU YEL/BLK − GRN/BLK SENSOR RED/YEL RED/YEL GRN/BLK GRN/BLK RED/WHT RED/WHT ECT1 ECT SENSOR 1 JUNCTION BLK/WHT CONNECTOR YEL/RED YEL/RED VCC1 GRN/RED GRN/WHT...
  • Page 372 07/11/02 09:01:25 61TA0000_110_0053 *51 BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL 24P JUNCTION CONNECTOR BLK/YEL C101 BLK/YEL YEL/BLU YEL/BLU EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE BLK/ C102 BLK/YEL BLK/YEL WHT/BLU WHT/BLU WHT/BLU ALTL WHT/RED WHT/RED WHT/GRN WHT/GRN WHT/RED ALTF 24P JUNCTION ALTERNATOR CONNECTOR WHT/GRN ALTC BLK/WHT SPARK YEL/GRN YEL/GRN...
  • Page 373 07/11/02 09:01:26 61TA0000_110_0054 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont’d) *52 C105 RED/YEL ATFT GRN/BLK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR BLU/BLK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A GRN/WHT SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C GRN/RED SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E RED/BLK...
  • Page 374 07/11/02 09:01:26 61TA0000_110_0055 *53 C101 BLU/ BLU/BLK ATPP C106 BLU/WHT BLU/WHT BLU/BLK BLK/BLU ATPR RED/BLK RED/BLK ATPN YEL/GRN ATPD GRN/RED BLU/YEL YEL/RED ATPD3 RED/WHT WHT/RED ATP2-1 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH ATPFWD ATPRVS 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH BLU/RED OP2SW 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH BLU/WHT...
  • Page 375 07/11/02 09:01:27 61TA0000_110_0056 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont’d) *54 TP SENSOR VCC3 RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLU TPSA RED/BLU BLU/RED TPSB GRN/YEL THROTTLE ACTUATOR THROTTLE BODY BLU/RED ETCSM + GRN/YEL ETCSM − RED/YEL + WHT/BLK RED/YEL A/F SENSOR C101 −...
  • Page 376 07/11/02 09:01:27 61TA0000_110_0057 *55 YEL/RED ECT2 ECT SENSOR 2 VCC6 C304 LT GRN LT GRN FTP SENSOR EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE To AUDIO UNIT To NAVIGATION UNIT VSSOUT To DRIVER’S MICU, LT GRN IMMOBILIZER-KEYLESS S-NET5V CONTROL UNIT C301 C202 PSPSW PSP SWITCH G201...
  • Page 377 07/11/02 09:01:28 61TA0000_110_0058 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont’d) *56 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX ELECTRONIC YEL/ YEL/ THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM (ETCS) CONTROL RELAY C101 YEL/BLK RADIATOR FAN RELAY FANC LT GRN ETCSRLY YEL/BLK RED/BLK MRLY CONDENSER FAN RELAY RED/YEL SUBRLY...
  • Page 378 07/11/02 09:01:28 61TA0000_110_0059 *57 DRIVER’S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX BLK/RED STARTER CUT RELAY LT GRN (ST CUT) (ORN)*2 C101 BLK/RED VBSOL IMOFPR YEL/BLK LT GRN PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP) CANH CANL *2: M/T *3: A/T UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX: No. 18 DBW (THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A) +...
  • Page 379 07/11/02 09:01:29 61TA0000_110_0060 Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont’d) ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont’d) *58 DRIVER’S JUNCTION BOX 1 C301 SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID C301 DATA LINK CONNECTOR CENTER JUNCTION BOX LT BLU G502 To AUDIO, LT BLU NAVIGATION UNIT LT BLU LT BLU GAUGE CONTROL MODULE...
  • Page 380 07/11/02 09:02:32 61TA0000_110_0061 *59 PASSENGER’S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX C202 LT BLU VSA MODULATOR- CONTROL UNIT 12P JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10 11 NAVIGATION UNIT PASSENGER’S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX C202 LT BLU VSA MODULATOR- CONTROL UNIT DRIVER’S JUNCTION BOX 2 RED WHT YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR *5: With navigation system *6: Without navigation system...
  • Page 381: How To Set Readiness Codes

    07/11/02 09:02:32 61TA0000_110_0062 Fuel and Emissions Systems How to Set Readiness Codes Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication Catalytic Converter Monitor and Readiness (In relation to Readiness Codes) Code The vehicle has certain ‘‘readiness codes’’ that are part NOTE: of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems. •...
  • Page 382 07/11/02 09:02:32 61TA0000_110_0063 Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Monitor and System Monitor and Readiness Code Readiness Code NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared when the battery NOTE: is disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the •...
  • Page 383 07/11/02 09:02:32 61TA0000_110_0064 Fuel and Emissions Systems How to Set Readiness Codes (cont’d) Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Heater Monitor Readiness Code NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared when the battery is disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the ECM/PCM is reset with the HDS.
  • Page 384: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:02:36 61TA0000_110_0065 PGM-FI System Component Location Index *01 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR B (EXHAUST) Replacement, page 11-226 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 Replacement, page 11-228 IGNITION COILS PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 PGM-FI SUBRELAY IGNITION COIL RELAY ELECTRICAL LOAD DETECTOR (ELD) Replacement, page 11-230...
  • Page 385 07/11/02 09:02:37 61TA0000_110_0066 PGM-FI System Component Location Index (cont’d) *02 AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) Replacement, page 11-225 SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S) (SENSOR 2) Replacement, page 11-225 *03 PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP) DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) General Troubleshooting Information, page 11-3 Circuit Troubleshooting, page 11-208 11-66...
  • Page 386: Dtc Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:02:37 61TA0000_110_0067 DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0101: MAF Sensor Circuit Range/ 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Performance Problem 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 6. Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the any on-board snapshot, and review the general HDS.
  • Page 387 07/11/02 09:02:37 61TA0000_110_0068 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 13. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 14. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-227). 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 16. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 17.
  • Page 388 07/11/02 09:02:37 61TA0000_110_0069 DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 8. Measure resistance between MAF sensor/IAT and any on-board snapshot, and review the general sensor 5P connector terminal No.
  • Page 389 07/11/02 09:02:38 61TA0000_110_0070 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 10. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (49P). 13. Substitute a known-good MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-227). 11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B31 and body ground. 14. Reconnect all connectors. *03...
  • Page 390 07/11/02 09:02:38 61TA0000_110_0071 23. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343). 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0102 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1.
  • Page 391 07/11/02 09:02:38 61TA0000_110_0072 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit High Voltage 7. Check for continuity between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 2 and ECM/PCM NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data connector terminal B33. *01...
  • Page 392 07/11/02 09:02:38 61TA0000_110_0073 8. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector B (49P). 19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0103 indicated? 9. Connect MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire. *02...
  • Page 393 07/11/02 09:02:39 61TA0000_110_0074 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0107: MAP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Is there about 5 V ? − NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Go to step 16. and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 394 07/11/02 09:02:39 61TA0000_110_0075 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0107 indicated? 13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 14. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector C (49P). −...
  • Page 395 07/11/02 09:02:39 61TA0000_110_0076 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0108: MAP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 7. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the and any on-board snapshot, and review the general HDS.
  • Page 396 07/11/02 09:02:40 61TA0000_110_0077 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 15. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector C (49P). 16.
  • Page 397 07/11/02 09:02:40 61TA0000_110_0078 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 19. Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11-227). 20. Reconnect all connectors. 21. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 22. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 23.
  • Page 398 07/11/02 09:02:40 61TA0000_110_0079 DTC P0111: IAT Sensor Circuit Range/ 11. Connect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor to the 5P Performance Problem connector, but do not install the sensor onto the air cleaner. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 12.
  • Page 399 07/11/02 09:02:40 61TA0000_110_0080 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 10. Check for continuity between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ground. *01 and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 400 07/11/02 09:03:18 61TA0000_110_0081 17. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0112 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
  • Page 401 07/11/02 09:03:19 61TA0000_110_0082 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit High Voltage 7. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Is about −...
  • Page 402 07/11/02 09:03:19 61TA0000_110_0083 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 17. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 14. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (49P). 18.
  • Page 403 07/11/02 09:03:19 61TA0000_110_0084 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-227). 22. Reconnect all connectors. 23. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 24. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 25.
  • Page 404 07/11/02 09:03:19 61TA0000_110_0085 DTC P0116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/ 10. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the Performance Problem HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18 °F ( 10 °C) or and any on-board snapshot, and review the general more? troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 405 07/11/02 09:03:20 61TA0000_110_0086 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0117: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage 10. Check for continuity between ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general ECT SENSOR 1 2P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 406 07/11/02 09:03:20 61TA0000_110_0087 17. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0117 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
  • Page 407 07/11/02 09:03:20 61TA0000_110_0088 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0118: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit High 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Voltage 7. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data HDS.
  • Page 408 07/11/02 09:03:20 61TA0000_110_0089 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 17. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 14. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (49P). 18.
  • Page 409 07/11/02 09:03:20 61TA0000_110_0090 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-228). 22. Reconnect all connectors. 23. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 24. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 25.
  • Page 410 07/11/02 09:03:21 61TA0000_110_0091 DTC P0125: ECT Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Response 10. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-228). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 11.
  • Page 411 07/11/02 09:03:21 61TA0000_110_0092 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0128: Cooling System Malfunction 11. Compare the value of recorded ECT SENSOR 2 and the present value of ECT SENSOR 2. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Did temperature rise 14 °F ( 8 °C) or more? troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 412 07/11/02 09:03:21 61TA0000_110_0093 19. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 20. Let the engine cool until the coolant temperature is between 21 °F ( 6 °C) and 104 °F (40 °C). −...
  • Page 413 07/11/02 09:03:21 61TA0000_110_0094 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0133: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) 10. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page Malfunction/Slow Response 11-343). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 11. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 3,000 rpm without load (A/T in P or N, M/T in troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 414 07/11/02 09:03:21 61TA0000_110_0095 DTC P0134: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater 10. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. System Malfunction Is DT C P0134 indicated? NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and − Check for poor connections or loose any on-board snapshot, and review the general terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the PGM-FI troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 415 07/11/02 09:03:21 61TA0000_110_0096 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0135: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater 7. Remove the PGM-FI subrelay (A) from the under- Circuit Malfunction hood fuse/relay box. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 416 07/11/02 09:03:22 61TA0000_110_0097 11. At the sensor side, check for continuity between 15. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector terminals No. 2 4P connector terminal No. 4 and ECM/PCM and No. 3, and between terminals No. 2 and No. 4 connector terminal C9.
  • Page 417 07/11/02 09:03:22 61TA0000_110_0098 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 16. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 17. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (49P). 4P connector terminal No. 3 and PGM-FI subrelay 4P connector terminal No. 2. 18. Check for continuity between PGM-FI subrelay 4P *06...
  • Page 418 07/11/02 09:03:23 61TA0000_110_0099 19. Remove the PGM-FI subrelay (A) from the under- 23. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page hood fuse/relay box. 11-225). *08 24. Reconnect all connectors. 25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 26. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 27.
  • Page 419 07/11/02 09:03:23 61TA0000_110_0100 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 30. Reconnect all connectors. 31. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 32. Start the engine, and let it idle. 33.
  • Page 420 07/11/02 09:04:04 61TA0000_110_0101 DTC P0137: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 12. Check for continuity between secondary HO2S Circuit Low Voltage (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 421 07/11/02 09:04:04 61TA0000_110_0102 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 20. Test-drive under these conditions: 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0137 indicated? • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) •...
  • Page 422 07/11/02 09:04:04 61TA0000_110_0103 DTC P0138: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Circuit High Voltage 9. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Does the voltage stay at 1.27 V or more? troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 423 07/11/02 09:04:04 61TA0000_110_0104 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 25. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (A/T in P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan comes 16. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 17.
  • Page 424 07/11/02 09:04:04 61TA0000_110_0105 29. Reconnect all connectors. 30. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 31. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (A/T in P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan comes 32.
  • Page 425 07/11/02 09:04:05 61TA0000_110_0106 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0139: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) Slow 10. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page Response 11-343). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 11. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (A/T in and any on-board snapshot, and review the general P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan comes troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 426 07/11/02 09:04:05 61TA0000_110_0107 DTC P0141: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 8. At the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) side, measure Heater Circuit Malfunction resistance between secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals No. 3 and No. 4. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 427 07/11/02 09:04:06 61TA0000_110_0108 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B4 and body ground. *04 11. Measure voltage between secondary HO2S ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals No. 3 and No. 4. *03...
  • Page 428 07/11/02 09:04:06 61TA0000_110_0109 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 22. Replace the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) (see page 11-225). 18. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 23. Reconnect all connectors. 19. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (49P). 24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 20.
  • Page 429 07/11/02 09:04:06 61TA0000_110_0110 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 29. Reconnect all connectors. 30. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 31. Start the engine, and let it idle. 32.
  • Page 430 07/11/02 09:04:06 61TA0000_110_0111 DTC P0171: Fuel System Too Lean 2. Check for vacuum leaks at these parts: DTC P0172: Fuel System Too Rich • PCV valve • PCV hose NOTE: • EVAP canister purge valve • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and •...
  • Page 431 07/11/02 09:04:06 61TA0000_110_0112 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 6. While holding the engine speed at 2,500 rpm, check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 5.6 7 .8 gm/ s ( M/ T ) or 6.5 −...
  • Page 432 07/11/02 09:04:06 61TA0000_110_0113 DTC P0300: Random Misfire and Any 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Combination of the Following: 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. DTC P0301: No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected 3. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (A/T in DTC P0302: No.
  • Page 433 07/11/02 09:04:07 61TA0000_110_0114 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 8. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 14. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-361). MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST Is the f uel pressure OK ? for 10 minutes with the HDS. Does the CY L1 MISF IRE, CY L2 MISF IRE, CY L3 −...
  • Page 434 07/11/02 09:04:07 61TA0000_110_0115 20. Remove the rocker arm oil pressure switch 22. Reconnect the rocker arm oil pressure switch (see page 11-329), (PZEV model: rocker arm oil (rocker arm oil pressure switch A) 2P connector. pressure switch A (see page 11-330)). 23.
  • Page 435 07/11/02 09:04:07 61TA0000_110_0116 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 30. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED • VSS • REL TP SENSOR • CLV (calculated load value) • APP SENSOR 31.
  • Page 436 07/11/02 09:04:07 61TA0000_110_0117 DTC P0301: No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. DTC P0302: No. 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected Does the screen indicate F AILED? DTC P0303: No.
  • Page 437 07/11/02 09:04:08 61TA0000_110_0118 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 18. Determine which cylinder had the misfire. MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST Does the misf ire occur in the cylinder where the for 10 minutes with the HDS.
  • Page 438 07/11/02 09:04:08 61TA0000_110_0119 25. Do an engine compression and a cylinder leakdown 31. Measure voltage between body ground and the test (see page 6-6). appropriate ECM/PCM connector terminal of the problem cylinder (see table). Did the engine pass both tests? PROBLEM ECM/PCM WIRE...
  • Page 439 07/11/02 09:04:08 61TA0000_110_0120 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 32. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 37. Check for continuity between body ground and the ECM/PCM connector terminal of the problem 33. Disconnect the injector 2P connector from the cylinder (see table). problem cylinder.
  • Page 440 07/11/02 09:04:57 61TA0000_110_0121 38. Check for continuity between appropriate injector 39. At the injector side, measure resistance between 2P connector terminal No. 2 and the ECM/PCM injector 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. *05 connector terminal of the problem cylinder (see table).
  • Page 441 07/11/02 09:04:57 61TA0000_110_0122 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 47. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 53. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. range of these recorded freeze data parameters: Is DT C P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 •...
  • Page 442 07/11/02 09:04:57 61TA0000_110_0123 DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C46 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 443 07/11/02 09:04:58 61TA0000_110_0124 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0325 in the terminal C46 and body ground. DTCs MENU with the HDS. *03 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) Does the screen indicate PASSED? −...
  • Page 444 07/11/02 09:04:58 61TA0000_110_0125 DTC P0335: CKP Sensor No Signal 9. Measure voltage between CKP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *02 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general CKP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 445 07/11/02 09:04:58 61TA0000_110_0126 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 16. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C32 and body ground. *06 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 13.
  • Page 446 07/11/02 09:04:59 61TA0000_110_0127 25. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0335 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
  • Page 447 07/11/02 09:04:59 61TA0000_110_0128 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0339: CKP Sensor Circuit Intermittent 8. Remove the cam chain case (see page 6-13), and Interruption check for damage on the CKP sensor pulser plate. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Is the pulser plate damaged? and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 448 07/11/02 09:04:59 61TA0000_110_0129 DTC P0351: No. 1 Cylinder Ignition Coil 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Circuit Malfunction 10. Check the No. 13 IG COIL (15 A) fuse in the under- DTC P0352: No. 2 Cylinder Ignition Coil hood fuse/relay box.
  • Page 449 07/11/02 09:04:59 61TA0000_110_0130 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Remove the ignition coil relay (A) from the under- 15. Reinstall the ignition coil relay. hood fuse/relay box. *02 16. Disconnect the ignition coil 3P connector from the problem cylinder. 17. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 18.
  • Page 450 07/11/02 09:05:00 61TA0000_110_0131 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 23. Check for continuity between body ground and the ECM/PCM connector terminal of the problem 20. Check for continuity between ignition coil 3P cylinder (see table). connector terminal No. 2 of the problem cylinder and body ground (see table).
  • Page 451 07/11/02 09:05:00 61TA0000_110_0132 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 24. Check for continuity between appropriate ignition 30. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. coil 3P connector terminal No. 1 and the ECM/PCM Is DT C P0351, P0352, P0353, and/ or P0354 connector terminal of the problem cylinder (see table).
  • Page 452 07/11/02 09:05:01 61TA0000_110_0133 DTC P0365: CMP Sensor B Circuit No Signal 9. Measure voltage between CMP sensor B 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *02 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general CMP SENSOR B 3P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 453 07/11/02 09:05:01 61TA0000_110_0134 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Check for continuity between CMP sensor B 3P connector terminal No. 1 and ECM/PCM connector 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. terminal C31.
  • Page 454 07/11/02 09:05:01 61TA0000_110_0135 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 17. Replace CMP sensor B (see page 11-226). 18. Reconnect all connectors. 19. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 20. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 21. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343).
  • Page 455 07/11/02 09:05:01 61TA0000_110_0136 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0369: CMP Sensor B Circuit Intermittent 8. Check for damage on the CMP sensor B pulser Interruption plate (see page 6-30). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Is the pulser plate damaged? and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 456 07/11/02 09:05:01 61TA0000_110_0137 DTC P050A: Cold Start Idle Air Control 6. Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR System Performance Problem 1 is 122 °F (50 °C) or less. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 7.
  • Page 457 07/11/02 09:05:01 61TA0000_110_0138 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Monitor the ENGINE SPEED in the DATA LIST with 20. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). the HDS, and hold the engine speed at 2,500 rpm for at least 30 seconds. 21.
  • Page 458 07/11/02 09:05:02 61TA0000_110_0139 DTC P050B: Cold Start Ignition Timing 6. Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR Control System Performance Problem 1 is 122 °F (50 °C) or less. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 7.
  • Page 459 07/11/02 09:05:02 61TA0000_110_0140 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with 24. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the the HDS. ambient temperature, and the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature Is the T HROT T LE ACT UAT OR CONT ROL individually.
  • Page 460 07/11/02 09:05:53 61TA0000_110_0141 31. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050B in the 37. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050B in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Does the screen indicate PASSED? −...
  • Page 461 07/11/02 09:05:53 61TA0000_110_0142 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0562: Charging System Low Voltage 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: 8. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9.
  • Page 462 07/11/02 09:05:53 61TA0000_110_0143 DTC P0563: ECM/PCM Power Source Circuit 10. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector Unexpected Voltage terminal A7 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) and any on-board snapshot, and review the general MRLY (RED/BLK) troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 463 07/11/02 09:05:54 61TA0000_110_0144 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 14. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal A7 and body ground. terminal A9 and body ground. *03 *05 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) MRLY (RED/BLK) IGP (YEL/BLK) Terminal side of female terminals...
  • Page 464 07/11/02 09:05:54 61TA0000_110_0145 16. Reconnect all connectors. 17. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 18. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 19. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343). 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21.
  • Page 465 07/11/02 09:05:54 61TA0000_110_0146 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0602: ECM/PCM Programming Error DTC P0606: ECM/PCM Processor Malfunction NOTE: NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and and any on-board snapshot, and review the general any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 466 07/11/02 09:05:54 61TA0000_110_0147 DTC P060A: PCM (A/T system) Internal DTC P062F: ECM/PCM Internal Control Control Module Malfunction Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 467 07/11/02 09:05:54 61TA0000_110_0148 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0630: VIN Not Programmed or 8. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Mismatch Is DT C P0630 indicated? NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and −...
  • Page 468 07/11/02 09:05:54 61TA0000_110_0149 DTC P0685: ECM/PCM Power Control Circuit/ 13. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Internal Circuit Malfunction 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 469 07/11/02 09:05:55 61TA0000_110_0150 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0720: Output Shaft (Countershaft) 7. Measure voltage between output shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction (countershaft) speed sensor 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 470 07/11/02 09:05:55 61TA0000_110_0151 9. Measure voltage between output shaft 13. Check for continuity between ECM connector (countershaft) speed sensor 3P connector terminals terminal B38 and body ground. *04 No. 1 and No. 3. ECM CONNECTOR B (49P) *03 OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR VCC1 (YEL/RED) SG1 (GRN/WHT)
  • Page 471 07/11/02 09:05:55 61TA0000_110_0152 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 15. Check for continuity between ECM connector 23. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminal B38 and body ground. *06 Is DT C P07 20 indicated? ECM CONNECTOR B (49P) −...
  • Page 472 07/11/02 09:05:55 61TA0000_110_0153 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 20 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM (see page 11-7), then go to step 27.
  • Page 473 07/11/02 09:05:56 61TA0000_110_0154 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P1109: BARO Sensor Circuit Out of Range High NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 1. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 2.
  • Page 474 07/11/02 09:05:56 61TA0000_110_0155 DTC P1116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/ 11. Connect ECT sensor 1 to its 2P connector, but do Performance Problem not install it. NOTE: 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 13.
  • Page 475 07/11/02 09:05:56 61TA0000_110_0156 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 27. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 20. Drain the coolant (see page 10-6). 28. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 21. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-228) and ECT 29.
  • Page 476 07/11/02 09:05:56 61TA0000_110_0157 DTC P1128: MAP Sensor Signal Lower Than 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Expected 10. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 11. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page any on-board snapshot, and review the general 11-343).
  • Page 477 07/11/02 09:05:56 61TA0000_110_0158 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P1129: MAP Sensor Signal Higher Than 5. Test-drive under these conditions: Expected • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data above 158 °F (70 °C) and any on-board snapshot, and review the general •...
  • Page 478 07/11/02 09:05:56 61TA0000_110_0159 13. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • A/T in D, M/T in 5th • Drive at a steady speed between 55 75 mph − (88 120 km/h) for 10 seconds −...
  • Page 479 07/11/02 09:05:56 61TA0000_110_0160 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P1157: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) AFS Circuit 9. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) Malfunction 4P connector terminal No. 1 and ECM/PCM connector terminal C29. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 4P CONNECTOR and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 480 07/11/02 09:09:11 61TA0000_110_0161 10. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 16. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 4P connector terminal No. 2 and ECM/PCM Is DT C P1157 indicated? connector terminal C30. *02 A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 4P CONNECTOR −...
  • Page 481 07/11/02 09:09:11 61TA0000_110_0162 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P1157 indicated? − If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7), then go to step 19. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step −...
  • Page 482 07/11/02 09:09:11 61TA0000_110_0163 DTC P1172: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit Out 11. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. of Range High Is DT C P117 2 indicated? NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general −...
  • Page 483 07/11/02 09:09:11 61TA0000_110_0164 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P1297: ELD Circuit Low Voltage 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A24 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 484 07/11/02 09:09:11 61TA0000_110_0165 19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P1297 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
  • Page 485 07/11/02 09:09:12 61TA0000_110_0166 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P1298: ELD Circuit High Voltage 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 8. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (49P). and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 486 07/11/02 09:09:12 61TA0000_110_0167 10. Check for continuity between ELD 3P connector 17. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest terminal No. 2 and body ground. software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- *03 good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). ELD 3P CONNECTOR 18.
  • Page 487 07/11/02 09:09:12 61TA0000_110_0168 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P1549: Charging System High Voltage 10. Start the engine. NOTE: 11. Check under these conditions: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general •...
  • Page 488 07/11/02 09:09:12 61TA0000_110_0169 DTC P16BB: Alternator B Terminal Circuit 8. Check for an open in the wire between the Low Voltage alternator and under-hood fuse/relay box at the starter subharness. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Is the harness OK ? troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 489 07/11/02 09:09:13 61TA0000_110_0170 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P16BC: Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/ 8. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. IGP Circuit Low Voltage Is DT C P16BC indicated? NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general −...
  • Page 490 07/11/02 09:09:13 61TA0000_110_0171 13. Measure voltage between alternator 4P connector 17. Check for continuity between alternator 4P terminal No. 4 and body ground. connector terminal No. 4 and ECM/PCM connector *02 terminal B47. *03 ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR ALTF (WHT/RED) ALTF (WHT/RED) Wire side of female terminals...
  • Page 491 07/11/02 09:09:13 61TA0000_110_0172 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 25. Hold the engine speed 2,000 rpm (A/T in P or N, M/T in neutral) for 1 minute. 26. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P16BC indicated? −...
  • Page 492 07/11/02 09:09:13 61TA0000_110_0173 DTC P2183: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Range/ 11. Connect ECT sensor 2 to its 2P connector, but do Performance Problem not install it. NOTE: 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 13.
  • Page 493 07/11/02 09:09:13 61TA0000_110_0174 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 27. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 20. Drain the coolant (see page 10-6). 28. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 21. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-228) and ECT 29.
  • Page 494 07/11/02 09:09:14 61TA0000_110_0175 DTC P2184: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage 10. Check for continuity between ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general ECT SENSOR 2 2P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 495 07/11/02 09:09:14 61TA0000_110_0176 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 17. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P2184 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. −...
  • Page 496 07/11/02 09:09:14 61TA0000_110_0177 DTC P2185: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit High 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Voltage 7. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data HDS. and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 497 07/11/02 09:09:14 61TA0000_110_0178 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 17. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 14.
  • Page 498 07/11/02 09:09:15 61TA0000_110_0179 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-228). 22. Reconnect all connectors. 23. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 24. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 25. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343).
  • Page 499 07/11/02 09:09:15 61TA0000_110_0180 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2195: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Signal 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Stuck Lean 7. Reinstall the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page NOTE: 11-225). • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 8.
  • Page 500 07/11/02 09:10:07 61TA0000_110_0181 13. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 14. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (A/T in P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan comes 15.
  • Page 501 07/11/02 09:10:07 61TA0000_110_0182 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2227: BARO Sensor Circuit Range/ 7. Check the intake air system for clogging or Performance Problem restrictions (foreign material, dirty air cleaner element, etc.). NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and Is the intake air system clogged or restricted? any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 502 07/11/02 09:10:07 61TA0000_110_0183 DTC P2228: BARO Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2227 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Does the screen indicate PASSED? and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 503 07/11/02 09:10:07 61TA0000_110_0184 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2229: BARO Sensor Circuit High DTC P2238: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) AFS + Voltage Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 504 07/11/02 09:10:07 61TA0000_110_0185 9. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 18. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 11-225). Is DT C P2238 indicated? 10. Reconnect all connectors. − If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a 11.
  • Page 505 07/11/02 09:10:08 61TA0000_110_0186 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2252: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) AFS − 9. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector Circuit Low Voltage terminal C30 and body ground. *01 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 506 07/11/02 09:10:08 61TA0000_110_0187 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2252 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Is DT C P2252 indicated? Does the screen indicate PASSED? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/ −...
  • Page 507 07/11/02 09:10:08 61TA0000_110_0188 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2610: ECM/PCM Ignition Off Internal Timer Malfunction NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2.
  • Page 508 07/11/02 09:10:08 61TA0000_110_0189 DTC P2A00: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit 10. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page Range/Performance Problem 11-343). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 11. Test-drive under these conditions: and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 509 07/11/02 09:10:08 61TA0000_110_0190 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC U0029: F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF (ECM/PCM)) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2.
  • Page 510 07/11/02 09:10:08 61TA0000_110_0191 DTC U0122: F-CAN Malfunction (ECM/PCM- 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). VSA Modulator-Control Unit) 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 8.
  • Page 511 07/11/02 09:10:09 61TA0000_110_0192 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 12. Reconnect all connectors. terminal A4 and VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector terminal No. 1. 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). *02 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 14.
  • Page 512 07/11/02 09:10:09 61TA0000_110_0193 DTC U0155: F-CAN Malfunction (ECM/PCM- 10. Connect gauge control module 32P connector Gauge Control Module) terminal No. 30 to body ground with a jumper wire. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 513 07/11/02 09:10:09 61TA0000_110_0194 PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Connect gauge control module 32P connector 14. Reconnect all connectors. terminal No. 29 to body ground with a jumper wire. *03 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR 16.
  • Page 514 07/11/02 09:10:09 61TA0000_110_0195 DTC U0300: PGM-FI System and A/T System Program Version Mismatch NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • Do not turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) or ACC (I) while updating the PCM.
  • Page 515: F-Can Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:10:10 61TA0000_110_0196 PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 5. Disconnect these connectors: 2. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. • Gauge control module 32P (see page 22-332). • VSA modulator-control unit 36P (see page 3.
  • Page 516 07/11/02 09:10:10 61TA0000_110_0197 7. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal A3 to body 9. Check for continuity between VSA modulator- ground with a jumper wire. control unit 36P connector terminal No. 14 and *03 body ground. *05 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR CANH (WHT) CANH (WHT) JUMPER WIRE...
  • Page 517 07/11/02 09:10:11 61TA0000_110_0198 PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 11. Check for continuity between SRS unit connector A 13. Check for continuity between navigation unit (28P) terminal No. 17 and body ground. connector A (32P) terminal No. 8 and body ground. *07...
  • Page 518 07/11/02 09:10:12 61TA0000_110_0199 14. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal A4 to body 16. Check for continuity between VSA modulator- ground with a jumper wire. control unit 36P connector terminal No. 1 and body *10 ground. *12 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR CANL (RED) CANL (RED) JUMPER WIRE...
  • Page 519 07/11/02 09:10:12 61TA0000_110_0200 PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 18. Check for continuity between SRS unit connector A 20. Check for continuity between navigation unit (28P) terminal No. 16 and body ground. connector A (32P) terminal No. 24 and body ground. *14...
  • Page 520 07/11/02 09:10:55 61TA0000_110_0201 21. Remove the jumper wire from the ECM/PCM 24. Disconnect the gauge control module 32P connector. connector. 22. Reconnect the gauge control module 32P connector. 25. Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector. 23. Measure resistance between ECM/PCM connector terminals A3 and A4.
  • Page 521 07/11/02 09:10:55 61TA0000_110_0202 PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 27. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 36P 30. Disconnect the yaw-rate lateral acceleration sensor connector. 5P connector. 28. Reconnect the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 31. Reconnect SRS unit connector A (28P). 5P connector.
  • Page 522 07/11/02 09:10:56 61TA0000_110_0203 33. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P). 36. Disconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector. 34. Reconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector. 37. Reconnect navigation unit connector A (32P). 35. Measure resistance between ECM/PCM connector 38. Measure resistance between ECM/PCM connector terminals A3 and A4 .
  • Page 523 07/11/02 09:10:56 61TA0000_110_0204 PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 39. Disconnect these connectors: 41. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A4 and body ground. *24 • Gauge control module 32P (see page 22-332). • VSA modulator-control unit 36P (see page ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 19-141).
  • Page 524 07/11/02 09:10:56 61TA0000_110_0205 42. Reconnect all connectors. 51. Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector. 43. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see page 11-3). 52. Disconnect the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 44. Disconnect the gauge control module 32P 5P connector. connector.
  • Page 525 07/11/02 09:10:56 61TA0000_110_0206 PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 58. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 59. Reconnect SRS unit connector A (28P). 60. Disconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector. 61. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and read the HDS.
  • Page 526: Mil Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:10:57 61TA0000_110_0207 MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A32 and body ground. *01 2. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function (see page ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 22-312). Does the MIL indicator f lash? −...
  • Page 527: Dlc Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:10:57 61TA0000_110_0208 PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting NOTE: Make sure the HDS and the DLC cable of the 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and watch the HDS are not defective. SRS indicator. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Does the SRS indicator stay on? 2.
  • Page 528 07/11/02 09:10:57 61TA0000_110_0209 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 18. Continue to check for continuity between DLC terminal No. 7 and body ground while 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and watch the disconnecting these connectors, one at a time: immobilizer indicator.
  • Page 529 07/11/02 09:10:58 61TA0000_110_0210 PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 19. Connect DLC terminal No. 7 to body ground with a 21. Check for B-CAN system DTCs without the HDS jumper wire. (see page 22-125). *02 Is DT C U0029 and/ or U0100 indicated? DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) −...
  • Page 530 07/11/02 09:10:58 61TA0000_110_0211 25. Measure voltage between DLC terminals No. 4 and 30. Connect DLC terminal No. 6 to body ground with a No. 16. jumper wire. *04 *05 DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) CANH (WHT) GND (BLK) JUMPER WIRE +...
  • Page 531 07/11/02 09:10:59 61TA0000_110_0212 PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 32. Connect DLC terminal No. 14 to body ground with a 34. Try to start the engine. jumper wire. *07 Does the engine start and idle smoothly? DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) −...
  • Page 532 07/11/02 09:10:59 61TA0000_110_0213 37. Inspect the No. 17 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse in the under- 40. Check for continuity between body ground and hood fuse/relay box. PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 4 individually. *10...
  • Page 533 07/11/02 09:10:59 61TA0000_110_0214 PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 41. While disconnecting each of the parts or 42. Disconnect these parts or connectors: connectors below, one at a time, check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P • PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) connector terminal No.
  • Page 534 07/11/02 09:11:00 61TA0000_110_0215 48. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 50. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C10 and body ground. terminal C10 and body ground. *13 *15 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) IG1 (BLK/RED) IG1 (BLK/RED) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity?
  • Page 535 07/11/02 09:11:00 61TA0000_110_0216 PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 54. Check for continuity between fuel pump 4P 59. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. terminal C10 and body ground. *16 *17 FUEL PUMP 4P CONNECTOR ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) IG1 (BLK/RED) FUEL PUMP (PNK)
  • Page 536 07/11/02 09:11:01 61TA0000_110_0217 60. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector 63. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P terminal A7 and body ground. connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. *18 *20 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 4P CONNECTOR MRLY (RED/BLK) +...
  • Page 537 07/11/02 09:11:01 61TA0000_110_0218 PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 64. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 65. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4P connector terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector terminal A7. 66. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (A) from the under- *21...
  • Page 538 07/11/02 09:11:01 61TA0000_110_0219 68. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 70. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (49P). 4P connector terminal No. 2 and ECM/PCM connector terminal A9. 71. Check for continuity between body ground and *24 ECM/PCM connector terminals B1, B10, C2, C44, PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 4P CONNECTOR and C48 individually.
  • Page 539 07/11/02 09:11:02 61TA0000_110_0220 PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 72. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 74. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C13 and body ground. terminal B19 and body ground. *26 *27 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) VCC1 (YEL/RED) VCC2 (YEL/BLU) Terminal side of female terminals...
  • Page 540 07/11/02 09:11:53 61TA0000_110_0221 76. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 78. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C12 and body ground. terminal A26 and body ground. *28 *29 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) VCC3 (BLU) VCC4 (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity?
  • Page 541 07/11/02 09:11:53 61TA0000_110_0222 PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 80. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 82. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A25 and body ground. terminal A20 and body ground. *30 *31 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) VCC6 (YEL) VCC5 (BRN) Terminal side of female terminals...
  • Page 542: Injector Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:54 61TA0000_110_0223 Injector Replacement 1. Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-358). 2. Remove the engine cover. 3. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A). *01 4. Disconnect the connectors (B) and the engine mount control solenoid valve connector (C). 5. Remove the ground cable bolts (G101 and G102) (D). 6.
  • Page 543 07/11/02 09:11:54 61TA0000_110_0224 PGM-FI System Injector Replacement (cont’d) 10. Coat the new O-rings (black) (A) with clean engine oil, and insert the injectors (B) into the fuel rail (C). *02 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) 11. Install the injector clips (D). 12.
  • Page 544: A/F Sensor Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:55 61TA0000_110_0225 A/F Sensor Replacement Secondary HO2S Replacement Special Tools Required Special Tools Required O2 sensor wrench, Snap-on S6176 or equivalent, O2 sensor wrench, Snap-on S6176 or equivalent, commercially available commercially available 1. Disconnect the A/F sensor 4P connector (A), then 1.
  • Page 545: Cmp Sensor B Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:55 61TA0000_110_0226 PGM-FI System CMP Sensor B Replacement CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the connector (A) and hoses (B) from 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. the EVAP canister purge valve (C), then remove the EVAP canister purge valve assembly. 2.
  • Page 546: Map Sensor Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:56 61TA0000_110_0227 MAP Sensor Replacement MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector (A). *01 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor connector (A). *01 3.4 N·m (0.34 kgf·m, 2.4 lbf·ft) 1.5 N·m (0.15 kgf·m, 1.1 lbf·ft) 2. Remove the MAP sensor (B). 3.
  • Page 547: Ect Sensor 1 Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:56 61TA0000_110_0228 PGM-FI System ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 1. Remove the splash shield. 2. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 connector (A). 2. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). *01...
  • Page 548: Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:57 61TA0000_110_0229 Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Knock Sensor Replacement Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-3). 1. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed 2. Disconnect the knock sensor connector (A). *01 sensor 3P connector (A). *01 31 N·m (3.2 kgf·m, 23 lbf·ft)
  • Page 549: Eld Replacement

    07/11/02 09:11:57 61TA0000_110_0230 PGM-FI System ELD Replacement 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure 6. Remove the fuses (A) and (B). (see page 22-89). *03 2. Remove the upper cover (A), then remove the two positive ( ) terminals (B). +...
  • Page 550: Ecm/Pcm Update

    CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts. compartment. • If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, (HIM) because the HIM’s red ( 3) light came on or #...
  • Page 551: Ecm/Pcm Replacement

    • Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester to the procedure that you were doing. If the • Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation software in the ECM/PCM is not the latest, follow with HDS and CM update software the instructions on the screen.
  • Page 552 07/11/02 09:11:58 61TA0000_110_0233 4. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 12. Remove the bolts (D). *02 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) 6. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts.
  • Page 553 07/11/02 09:11:59 61TA0000_110_0234 PGM-FI System ECM/PCM Replacement (cont’d) 14. Remove the cover (A) and the bracket (B) from the 22. A/T models: If the READ DATA (ATF life) failed in ECM/PCM (C). step 10, go to step 25. Otherwise go to step 23. *03...
  • Page 554: Electronic Throttle Control System

    07/11/02 09:12:00 61TA0000_110_0235 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index *01 ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM (ETCS) CONTROL RELAY ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/ POWERTRAIN CONTROLE MODULE (PCM) THROTTLE ACTUATOR and Update, page 11-231 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR Substitution, page 11-7 Replacement, page 11-232 *02...
  • Page 555: Dtc Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:12:01 61TA0000_110_0236 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0122: TP Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage 9. Check for continuity between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 556 07/11/02 09:12:01 61TA0000_110_0237 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343). 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 13. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector C (49P). Is DT C P0122 indicated? 14.
  • Page 557 07/11/02 09:12:01 61TA0000_110_0238 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0123: TP Sensor A Circuit High Voltage 8. Measure voltage between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 558 07/11/02 09:12:01 61TA0000_110_0239 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 17. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C20 and throttle body 6P connector terminal C43 and throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 1. terminal No. 4. *02 *03 THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR TPSA (RED/BLK) Wire side of female terminals...
  • Page 559 07/11/02 09:12:02 61TA0000_110_0240 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 23. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343). 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0123 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1.
  • Page 560 07/11/02 09:12:39 61TA0000_110_0241 DTC P0222: TP Sensor B Circuit Low Voltage 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 6. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 561 07/11/02 09:12:40 61TA0000_110_0242 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 10. Measure voltage between throttle body 6P 15. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. terminal C12 and throttle body 6P connector *02 terminal No. 2. *03...
  • Page 562 07/11/02 09:12:40 61TA0000_110_0243 21. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343). 22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0222 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1.
  • Page 563 07/11/02 09:12:40 61TA0000_110_0244 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0223: TP Sensor B Circuit High Voltage 8. Measure voltage between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 564 07/11/02 09:12:40 61TA0000_110_0245 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 17. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C21 and throttle body 6P connector terminal C43 and throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 3. terminal No. 4. *02 *03 THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR TPSB (RED/BLU) SG3 (GRN)
  • Page 565 07/11/02 09:12:41 61TA0000_110_0246 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 23. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343). 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0223 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1.
  • Page 566 07/11/02 09:12:41 61TA0000_110_0247 DTC P1658: ETCS Control Relay ON 6. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Malfunction 7. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (49P). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 8.
  • Page 567 07/11/02 09:12:41 61TA0000_110_0248 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 11. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). terminal C1 and body ground. *03 19. Reconnect all connectors. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 20. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN) software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7).
  • Page 568 07/11/02 09:12:42 61TA0000_110_0249 DTC P1659: ETCS Control Relay OFF 7. Test the ETCS control relay (see page 22-91). Malfunction Is the ET CS control relay OK ? NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general −...
  • Page 569 07/11/02 09:12:42 61TA0000_110_0250 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 10. Measure voltage between ETCS control relay 4P 14. Check for continuity between ETCS control relay 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. connector terminal No. 2 and ECM/PCM connector *03...
  • Page 570 07/11/02 09:12:42 61TA0000_110_0251 16. Check for continuity between ETCS control relay 4P 18. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. connector terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector terminal A21. 19. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector C (49P). *05 ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR 20.
  • Page 571 07/11/02 09:12:43 61TA0000_110_0252 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 21. Check for continuity between ETCS control relay 4P 28. Reconnect all connectors. connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *08 29. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7).
  • Page 572 07/11/02 09:12:43 61TA0000_110_0253 DTC P1683: Throttle Valve Default Position 9. Push the throttle valve closed as shown. Spring Performance Problem *01 Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II).
  • Page 573 07/11/02 09:12:43 61TA0000_110_0254 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P1684: Throttle Valve Return Spring 9. Push the throttle valve open as shown. Performance Problem *01 Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II).
  • Page 574 07/11/02 09:12:43 61TA0000_110_0255 DTC P2101: Electronic Throttle Control 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). System (ETCS) Malfunction 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 11. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle the HDS.
  • Page 575 07/11/02 09:12:44 61TA0000_110_0256 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 18. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5 20. At the throttle body side, measure resistance and No. 6 with a jumper wire. between throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5 *02...
  • Page 576 07/11/02 09:12:44 61TA0000_110_0257 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P2101 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the ECM/PCM, then clean the throttle body (see page 11-385), and go to step 1.
  • Page 577 07/11/02 09:12:44 61TA0000_110_0258 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2118: Throttle Actuator Current Range/ 9. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector Performance Problem terminal C43 and throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 4. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 578 07/11/02 09:12:45 61TA0000_110_0259 10. Check for continuity between throttle body 6P 11. Check for continuity between body ground and connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6. throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5 and *02 No. 6 individually. *03 THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR ETCSM −...
  • Page 579 07/11/02 09:12:45 61TA0000_110_0260 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. At the throttle body side, measure resistance 13. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5 between throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6 with a jumper wire. *05...
  • Page 580 07/11/02 09:13:29 61TA0000_110_0261 15. At the throttle body side, check for continuity 16. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-388). between body ground and throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6 individually. 17. Reconnect all connectors. *07 18.
  • Page 581 07/11/02 09:13:29 61TA0000_110_0262 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 25. Reconnect all connectors. 26. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 27. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 28.
  • Page 582 07/11/02 09:13:30 61TA0000_110_0263 DTC P2122: APP Sensor A (TP Sensor D) 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Circuit Low Voltage 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9.
  • Page 583 07/11/02 09:13:30 61TA0000_110_0264 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). terminal A18 and body ground. *04 16. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
  • Page 584 07/11/02 09:13:30 61TA0000_110_0265 21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 29. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). terminal A26 and body ground. *07 30. Reconnect all connectors. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 31. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7).
  • Page 585 07/11/02 09:13:31 61TA0000_110_0266 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2123: APP Sensor A (TP Sensor D) 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Circuit High Voltage 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9.
  • Page 586 07/11/02 09:13:31 61TA0000_110_0267 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-280). 14. Reconnect all connectors. 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 16. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 17. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343).
  • Page 587 07/11/02 09:13:32 61TA0000_110_0268 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2127: APP Sensor B (TP Sensor E) 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Circuit Low Voltage 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9.
  • Page 588 07/11/02 09:13:32 61TA0000_110_0269 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). terminal A19 and body ground. *04 16. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) APSB (ORN) Is there about 0.2 V or less? −...
  • Page 589 07/11/02 09:13:32 61TA0000_110_0270 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 29. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). terminal A25 and body ground. *07 30. Reconnect all connectors. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 31. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7).
  • Page 590 07/11/02 09:13:33 61TA0000_110_0271 DTC P2128: APP Sensor B (TP Sensor E) 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Circuit High Voltage 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9.
  • Page 591 07/11/02 09:13:33 61TA0000_110_0272 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-280). 14. Reconnect all connectors. 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 16. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 17.
  • Page 592 07/11/02 09:13:33 61TA0000_110_0273 DTC P2135: TP Sensor A/B Incorrect Voltage 8. Visually check the throttle valve operation while Correlation you clear the DTC with the HDS. Does the valve temporarily move to its f ully closed position? Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or −...
  • Page 593 07/11/02 09:13:33 61TA0000_110_0274 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 13. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P2135 indicated? 14. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminals C20 and C21. *02...
  • Page 594 07/11/02 09:13:34 61TA0000_110_0275 DTC P2138: APP Sensor A/B (TP Sensor D/E) 9. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector Incorrect Voltage Correlation terminals A18 and A19. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 595 07/11/02 09:13:34 61TA0000_110_0276 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P2138 indicated? 13. Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-280).
  • Page 596 07/11/02 09:13:34 61TA0000_110_0277 DTC P2176: Throttle Actuator Control System 10. Visually check the throttle valve operation while Idle Position Not Learned performing the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Does the throttle valve move to its f ully closed Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle position? body when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or...
  • Page 597 07/11/02 09:13:35 61TA0000_110_0278 Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 17. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 26. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals C3 and C4. *02 Is DT C P217 6 indicated? ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) −...
  • Page 598: App Sensor Signal Inspection

    07/11/02 09:13:35 61TA0000_110_0279 APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, • This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor the HDS.
  • Page 599: Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation

    07/11/02 09:13:35 61TA0000_110_0280 Electronic Throttle Control System Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the APP sensor connector (A). *01 13 N·m (1.3 kgf·m, 9.4 lbf·ft) 2. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module.
  • Page 600: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:14:23 61TA0000_110_0281 VTEC/VTC Component Location Index All models except PZEV *01 ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH Removal/Installation, page 11-329 ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL VALVE CAMSHAFT POSITION Removal/Installation, (CMP) SENSOR A page 11-327 (INTAKE SIDE) Replacement, page 11-326 ENGINE CONTROL VTC OIL CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/ SOLENOID VALVE...
  • Page 601: Dtc Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:14:23 61TA0000_110_0282 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0010: VTC Oil Control Solenoid Valve 8. At the solenoid valve side, measure resistance Malfunction between VTC oil control solenoid valve 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general VTC OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 602 07/11/02 09:14:23 61TA0000_110_0283 9. Check for continuity between VTC oil control 13. Check for continuity between VTC oil control solenoid valve 2P connector terminal No. 1 and solenoid valve 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. ECM/PCM connector terminal C23. *02...
  • Page 603 07/11/02 09:14:24 61TA0000_110_0284 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 14. Replace the VTC oil control solenoid valve 23. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest (see page 11-325). software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 15.
  • Page 604 07/11/02 09:14:24 61TA0000_110_0285 DTC P0011: VTC System Malfunction 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0011 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Does the screen indicate F AILED? troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 605 07/11/02 09:14:24 61TA0000_110_0286 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 13. Inspect the VTC actuator (see page 6-8). Is the V T C actuator OK ? − Check the VTC system oil passages, then go to step 14. − Replace the VTC actuator (see page 6-31), then go to step 14.
  • Page 606 07/11/02 09:14:24 61TA0000_110_0287 DTC P0340: CMP Sensor A No Signal 9. Measure voltage between CMP sensor A 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *02 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general CMP SENSOR A 3P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 607 07/11/02 09:14:25 61TA0000_110_0288 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Check for continuity between CMP sensor A 3P connector terminal No. 1 and ECM/PCM connector 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. terminal C45. *05...
  • Page 608 07/11/02 09:14:25 61TA0000_110_0289 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 17. Replace CMP sensor A (see page 11-326). 18. Reconnect all connectors. 19. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 20. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 21. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343).
  • Page 609 07/11/02 09:14:25 61TA0000_110_0290 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0341: CMP Sensor A and CKP Sensor Does the screen indicate F AILED? Incorrect Phase Detected − Go to step 9. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general −...
  • Page 610 07/11/02 09:14:25 61TA0000_110_0291 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 16. Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS. 17. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343). 18. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). 19.
  • Page 611 07/11/02 09:14:25 61TA0000_110_0292 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0344: CMP Sensor A Circuit 8. Check for damage on the CMP sensor A pulser Intermittent Interruption plate (see page 6-30). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Is the pulser plate damaged? and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 612 07/11/02 09:14:26 61TA0000_110_0293 DTC P1009: VTC Advance Malfunction 8. Test the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see page 11-325). NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and Is the valve OK ? any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 613 07/11/02 09:14:26 61TA0000_110_0294 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2646: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 8. Check the VTEC PRES SW in the DATA LIST with Circuit Low Voltage (All models except PZEV) the HDS. Special Tools Required Is SW IT CH ON indicated? •...
  • Page 614 07/11/02 09:14:26 61TA0000_110_0295 14. Check the oil pressure. 19. Reconnect all connectors. Does the oil pressure increase to at least 392 kPa 20. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ( 4.0 kgf / cm , 56.9 psi)? 21. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. −...
  • Page 615 07/11/02 09:14:26 61TA0000_110_0296 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 26. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 27. Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
  • Page 616 07/11/02 09:14:26 61TA0000_110_0297 DTC P2646: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 4. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU, A Circuit Low Voltage (PZEV model) and do the VTEC TEST with the HDS. DTC P2647: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Are V T ECIN-0 and V T ECEX -0 indicated? A Circuit High Voltage (PZEV model) −...
  • Page 617 07/11/02 09:14:27 61TA0000_110_0298 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 7. At rocker arm oil pressure switch A side, check for 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). continuity between its 2P connector terminals. *01 9. Measure voltage between rocker arm oil pressure switch A 2P connector terminal No.
  • Page 618 07/11/02 09:14:27 61TA0000_110_0299 13. Check for continuity between rocker arm oil 16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). pressure switch A 2P connector terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminal C22. 17. Check ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH A in *03...
  • Page 619 07/11/02 09:14:27 61TA0000_110_0300 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 22. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU, 27. Check for continuity between PCM connector and do the VTEC TEST with the HDS. terminal C22 and body ground. *05 PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 23.
  • Page 620 07/11/02 09:15:18 61TA0000_110_0301 28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 37. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU, and do the VTEC TEST with the HDS. 29. Reconnect all connectors. Are V T ECIN-0 and V T ECEX -0 indicated? 30.
  • Page 621 07/11/02 09:15:18 61TA0000_110_0302 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2647: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 5. Check the result of step 4. Circuit High Voltage (All models except PZEV) • VTEC Switch Failure • VTEC Switch Open NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data •...
  • Page 622 07/11/02 09:15:18 61TA0000_110_0303 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 14. Check for continuity between rocker arm oil pressure switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and 10. Measure voltage between rocker arm oil pressure ECM/PCM connector terminal C22. 03 switch 2P connector terminal No.
  • Page 623 07/11/02 09:15:18 61TA0000_110_0304 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 25. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P2647 indicated? Is DT C P2647 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose −...
  • Page 624 07/11/02 09:15:19 61TA0000_110_0305 DTC P2648: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Circuit Low Voltage (All models except PZEV) 8. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (49P). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9.
  • Page 625 07/11/02 09:15:19 61TA0000_110_0306 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 16. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2648 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Is DT C P2648 indicated? Does the screen indicate PASSED? −...
  • Page 626 07/11/02 09:15:19 61TA0000_110_0307 DTC P2648: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). A (Intake Valve Side) Circuit Low Voltage (PZEV model) 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 11.
  • Page 627 07/11/02 09:15:19 61TA0000_110_0308 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 13. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. Reconnect all connectors. 14. Reconnect all connectors. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- 15.
  • Page 628 07/11/02 09:15:20 61TA0000_110_0309 DTC P2649: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 8. Check for continuity between rocker arm oil control Circuit High Voltage (All models except solenoid 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body PZEV) ground. *02 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID 2P CONNECTOR and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 629 07/11/02 09:15:20 61TA0000_110_0310 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 18. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2649 in the terminal B35 and rocker arm oil control solenoid 2P DTCs MENU with the HDS. connector terminal No. 2. *03...
  • Page 630 07/11/02 09:15:20 61TA0000_110_0311 19. Reconnect all connectors. 20. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 21. Start the engine, and let it idle. 22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P2649 indicated? −...
  • Page 631 07/11/02 09:15:21 61TA0000_110_0312 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2649: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). A (Intake Valve Side) Circuit High Voltage (PZEV model) 9. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU, and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of the NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ROCKER ARM SOLENOID A with the HDS.
  • Page 632 07/11/02 09:15:21 61TA0000_110_0313 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Connect rocker arm oil control solenoid A 2P 19. Reconnect all connectors. connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire.
  • Page 633 07/11/02 09:15:21 61TA0000_110_0314 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 25. Reconnect all connectors. 26. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good PCM (see page 11-7). 27. Start the engine, and let it idle. 28.
  • Page 634 07/11/02 09:15:21 61TA0000_110_0315 DTC P2651: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 4. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU, B Circuit Low Voltage and do the VTEC TEST with the HDS. DTC P2652: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Are V T ECEX -0 and V T ECIN-0 indicated? B Circuit High Voltage −...
  • Page 635 07/11/02 09:15:21 61TA0000_110_0316 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 7. At the rocker arm oil pressure switch B side, check 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). for continuity between its 2P connector terminals. *01 9. Measure voltage between rocker arm oil pressure switch B 2P connector terminal No.
  • Page 636 07/11/02 09:15:22 61TA0000_110_0317 13. Check for continuity between rocker arm oil 16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). pressure switch B 2P connector terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminal B43. 17. Check the ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH B *03...
  • Page 637 07/11/02 09:15:22 61TA0000_110_0318 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 22. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU, 27. Check for continuity between PCM connector and do the VTEC TEST with the HDS. terminal B43 and body ground. *05 PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 23.
  • Page 638 07/11/02 09:15:22 61TA0000_110_0319 28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 37. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU, and do the VTEC TEST with the HDS. 29. Reconnect all connectors. Are V T ECEX -0 and V T ECIN-0 indicated? 30.
  • Page 639 07/11/02 09:15:22 61TA0000_110_0320 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2653: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). B (Exhaust Valve Side) Circuit Low Voltage 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 11.
  • Page 640 07/11/02 09:17:01 61TA0000_110_0321 13. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. Reconnect all connectors. 14. Reconnect all connectors. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). good PCM (see page 11-7).
  • Page 641 07/11/02 09:17:02 61TA0000_110_0322 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P2654: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). B (Exhaust Valve Side) Circuit High Voltage 9. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU, NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of ROCKER and any on-board snapshot, and review the general ARM SOLENOID B with the HDS.
  • Page 642 07/11/02 09:17:02 61TA0000_110_0323 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Connect rocker arm oil control solenoid C 2P 19. Reconnect all connectors. connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire.
  • Page 643 07/11/02 09:17:02 61TA0000_110_0324 VTEC/VTC DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 25. Reconnect all connectors. 26. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good PCM (see page 11-7). 27. Start the engine, and let it idle. 28.
  • Page 644: Vtc Oil Control Solenoid Valve Removal/Test/Installation

    07/11/02 09:17:03 61TA0000_110_0325 VTC Oil Control Solenoid Valve Removal/Test/Installation 1. Disconnect the VTC oil control solenoid valve 2P 5. Connect the battery positive terminal to VTC oil connector (A). control solenoid valve 2P connector terminal No. 2. *01 *03 VTC OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2P CONNECTOR 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, BATTERY...
  • Page 645: Cmp Sensor A Replacement

    07/11/02 09:17:03 61TA0000_110_0326 VTEC/VTC VTC Oil Control Solenoid Valve CMP Sensor A Replacement Removal/Test/Installation (cont’d) 1. Disconnect the CMP sensor A 3P connector (B). *01 7. Remove the VTC oil control valve O-ring (A). *05 12 N·m 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 8.7 lbf·ft)
  • Page 646: Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Removal/Installation

    07/11/02 09:17:04 61TA0000_110_0327 Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Removal/Installation All models expect PZEV 5. Remove the engine wire harness bracket (A) (also (B) (if equipped)) from the rocker arm oil control 1. Remove the strut brace (see page 20-287). valve (C). *02...
  • Page 647 07/11/02 09:17:04 61TA0000_110_0328 VTEC/VTC Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Removal/Installation (cont’d) PZEV model 5. Remove the engine wire harness bracket (A) (also (B) (if equipped)) from the rocker arm oil control 1. Remove the strut brace (see page 20-287). valve (C). *02...
  • Page 648: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Removal/Installation

    07/11/02 09:17:05 61TA0000_110_0329 Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Removal/Installation All models expect PZEV 1. Disconnect the rocker arm oil pressure switch connector (A). *01 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) 2. Remove the rocker arm oil pressure switch (B). 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C).
  • Page 649: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch A Removal/Installation

    07/11/02 09:17:05 61TA0000_110_0330 VTEC/VTC Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch A Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch B Removal/Installation Removal/Installation PZEV model PZEV model 1. Remove the rocker arm oil control valve (see page 1. Remove the rocker arm oil control valve (see page 11-328).
  • Page 650: Idle Control System

    07/11/02 09:17:07 61TA0000_110_0331 Idle Control System Component Location Index *01 POWER STEERING PRESSURE (PSP) SWITCH Signal Circuit Troubleshooting, page 11-338 A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY Signal Circuit Troubleshooting, page 11-336 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/ POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) ALTERNATOR Update, page 11-231 Signal Circuit Troubleshooting, Substitution, page 11-7 page 11-337...
  • Page 651: Dtc Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:17:08 61TA0000_110_0332 Idle Control System DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower 7. Check for dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle Than Expected bore. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Is there dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle and any on-board snapshot, and review the general bore? troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 652 07/11/02 09:17:08 61TA0000_110_0333 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0506 in the 19. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest DTCs MENU with the HDS. software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). Does the screen indicate PASSED? 20.
  • Page 653 07/11/02 09:17:08 61TA0000_110_0334 Idle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Than Expected 7. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 8.
  • Page 654 07/11/02 09:17:08 61TA0000_110_0335 12. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good ECM/PCM (see page 11-7). 13. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (A/T in P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
  • Page 655: A/C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:17:08 61TA0000_110_0336 Idle Control System A/C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 13. Momentarily connect ECM/PCM connector terminal A15 to body ground with a jumper wire several 2. Turn the blower switch on. times. *01...
  • Page 656: Alternator Fr Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:17:09 61TA0000_110_0337 Alternator FR Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Monitor the ALTERNATOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 3. Check if the indicated percentage varies when the headlight switch is turned on. Does the percentage vary? −...
  • Page 657: Psp Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:17:09 61TA0000_110_0338 Idle Control System PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 13. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *01 2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR 3.
  • Page 658 07/11/02 09:17:09 61TA0000_110_0339 17. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the 23. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector HDS. terminal A23 and body ground. *04 ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) Does it change to ON? − Replace the PSP switch (see page 17-15). −...
  • Page 659: Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:17:10 61TA0000_110_0340 Idle Control System Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A42 and body ground. *01 2. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) the HDS.
  • Page 660 07/11/02 09:17:48 61TA0000_110_0341 9. Connect brake pedal position switch 4P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. *02 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR BKSW (LT GRN) JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A42 and body ground.
  • Page 661: Idle Speed Inspection

    07/11/02 09:17:49 61TA0000_110_0342 Idle Control System Idle Speed Inspection NOTE: 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at • Before checking the idle speed, check these items: 3,000 rpm without load (A/T in P or N, M/T in – The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has not been neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it reported on, and there are no DTCs.
  • Page 662: Ecm/Pcm Idle Learn Procedure

    07/11/02 09:17:49 61TA0000_110_0343 ECM/PCM Idle Learn Procedure The idle learn procedure must be done so the ECM/PCM can learn the engine idle characteristics. Do the idle learn procedure whenever you do any of these actions: • Replace ECM/PCM. • Reset ECM/PCM. •...
  • Page 663 07/11/02 09:17:53 61TA0000_110_0344 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index *01 FUEL TANK Draining, page 11-361 Replacement, page 11-378 FUEL PULSATION DAMPER FUEL TANK UNIT (PZEV model) Removal/Installation, page 11-373 Replacement, page 11-375 FUEL PUMP Replacement, page 11-377 FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT Test, page 11-381 Replacement, page 11-377 FUEL FEED LINE...
  • Page 664 07/11/02 09:17:54 61TA0000_110_0345 *02 PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/ POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) Update, page 11-231 Substitution, page 11-7 Replacement, page 11-232 *03 PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP) 11-345...
  • Page 665: Dtc Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:17:54 61TA0000_110_0346 Fuel Supply System DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Range/Performance Problem NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). •...
  • Page 666 07/11/02 09:17:54 61TA0000_110_0347 DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge 11. Measure voltage between fuel tank unit 4P Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *03 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data FUEL TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 667 07/11/02 09:17:54 61TA0000_110_0348 Fuel Supply System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 26. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 17. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-378). 27. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 18.
  • Page 668 07/11/02 09:17:55 61TA0000_110_0349 DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage 11. Connect fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. 3 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data to body ground with a jumper wire.
  • Page 669 07/11/02 09:17:55 61TA0000_110_0350 Fuel Supply System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 15. Connect fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. 1 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). to body ground with a jumper wire. *03 18. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-378). FUEL TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR 19.
  • Page 670 07/11/02 09:17:55 61TA0000_110_0351 26. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 27. Reconnect all connectors. 28. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 29. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 30. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 31.
  • Page 671: Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:17:56 61TA0000_110_0352 Fuel Supply System Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting If you suspect a problem with the fuel pump, check that 5. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2 the fuel pump actually runs; when it is on, you will hear (FUEL PUMP) 4P connector terminal No.
  • Page 672 07/11/02 09:17:56 61TA0000_110_0353 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Check for continuity between driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box connector F (33P) terminal No. 31 9. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (49P). and body ground. *05 10. Disconnect the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box DRIVER’S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX connector F (33P).
  • Page 673 07/11/02 09:17:57 61TA0000_110_0354 Fuel Supply System Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 13. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2 15. Connect PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P (FUEL PUMP) 4P connector terminal No. 2 and connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a body ground.
  • Page 674 07/11/02 09:17:57 61TA0000_110_0355 20. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal A7 to body 25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and measure ground with a jumper wire. voltage between driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box *09 connector F (33P) terminal No. 22 and body ground within 2 seconds.
  • Page 675 07/11/02 09:17:58 61TA0000_110_0356 Fuel Supply System Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d) 26. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and measure 30. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and measure voltage between driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector connector F (33P) terminal No.
  • Page 676 07/11/02 09:17:58 61TA0000_110_0357 33. Connect PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P 36. Check for continuity between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. *16 wire. *14...
  • Page 677: Fuel Pressure Relieving

    07/11/02 09:17:59 61TA0000_110_0358 Fuel Supply System Fuel Pressure Relieving Before disconnecting fuel lines or hoses, relieve 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). pressure from the system by disabling the fuel pump, running the engine until it stalls, then and 9.
  • Page 678 07/11/02 09:17:59 61TA0000_110_0359 Without the HDS 13. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release 1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector (see page 20-152).
  • Page 679 07/11/02 09:17:59 61TA0000_110_0360 Fuel Supply System Fuel Pressure Relieving (cont’d) 7. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A) 10. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the (see page 11-366). connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the *06 retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (D).
  • Page 680: Fuel Pressure Test

    07/11/02 09:18:27 61TA0000_110_0361 Fuel Pressure Test Fuel Tank Draining Special Tools Required 1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-373). • Fuel pressure gauge 07406-004000B • Fuel pressure gauge attachment set 07AAJ-S6MA150 2. Using a hand pump, a hose, and a container suitable for fuel, draw the fuel from the fuel tank.
  • Page 681: Fuel Line Inspection

    07/11/02 09:18:27 61TA0000_110_0362 Fuel Supply System Fuel Line Inspection Check the fuel system lines and hoses for damage, leaks, and deterioration. Replace any damaged parts. *01 Make sure the connections are secure and the quick-connect fitting covers are firmly locked in place. 11-362 TA08AE4A20326428001MAAT00...
  • Page 682 07/11/02 09:18:28 61TA0000_110_0363 Check all clamps, and make sure they are properly positioned and tightened. All models except PZEV *02 FUEL TANK UNIT LOCKNUT Replace. LOCKNUT PLATE Replace. To FUEL RAIL BASE GASKET Replace. To EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VALVE When installing the fuel fill neck tube, align the mark on the tube with the projection...
  • Page 683 07/11/02 09:18:28 61TA0000_110_0364 Fuel Supply System Fuel Line Inspection (cont’d) Check all clamps, and make sure they are properly positioned and tightened. PZEV model *03 FUEL TANK UNIT LOCKNUT Replace. LOCKNUT PLATE Replace. To FUEL RAIL BASE GASKET To EVAPORATIVE Replace.
  • Page 684: Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions

    07/11/02 09:18:29 61TA0000_110_0365 Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions The fuel line/quick-connect fittings (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), *03 and (F) connect the fuel rail (G) to the fuel feed hose (H), the fuel feed hose to the fuel line (I), the fuel line (J) to the fuel tank unit (K), the fuel vapor line (L) to the EVAP canister (M), and the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube (N) (PZEV model, and fuel fill neck tube (O) to the fuel...
  • Page 685: Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal

    07/11/02 09:18:29 61TA0000_110_0366 Fuel Supply System Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions (cont’d) Removal A disconnected quick-connect fitting can be NOTE: Before you work on the fuel lines and fittings, reconnected, but the retainer on the mating line cannot read the Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions be reused once it has been removed from the line.
  • Page 686 07/11/02 09:18:30 61TA0000_110_0367 *03 4. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect fitting. Hold the connector (A) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (B) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (C). Pull the connector off.
  • Page 687 07/11/02 09:18:30 61TA0000_110_0368 Fuel Supply System Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal (cont’d) 5. Check the contact area (A) of the line (B) for dirt or 6. To prevent damage and keep foreign matter out, damage. cover the disconnected connector and line ends with plastic bags (A).
  • Page 688: Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation

    07/11/02 09:18:31 61TA0000_110_0369 Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation NOTE: Before you work on the fuel lines and fittings, 3. Before connecting a new fuel tube/quick-connect read the ‘‘Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions’’ fitting assembly (A), remove the old retainer from (see page 11-365). the mating line.
  • Page 689 07/11/02 09:18:32 61TA0000_110_0370 Fuel Supply System Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation (cont’d) *05 4. Align the quick-connect fittings with the line (A), and align the retainer locking tabs (B) with the connector grooves (C). Then press the quick- connect fittings onto the line until both retainer tabs lock with a clicking sound.
  • Page 690 07/11/02 09:18:32 61TA0000_110_0371 Connection to new fuel line Reconnection to existing retainer *09 *11 Sanoh-made Tokai-made Connection to new fuel line: Reconnection to existing retainer: Fuel fill neck tube (PZEV model) Fuel fill neck tube (PZEV model) *10 *12 (cont’d) 11-371...
  • Page 691 07/11/02 09:18:33 61TA0000_110_0372 Fuel Supply System Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation (cont’d) 5. When you reconnect the connector with the old 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, and retainer, make sure the connection is secure and turn the ignition switch to ON (II) (but do not the tabs are firmly locked into place;...
  • Page 692: Fuel Tank Unit Removal And Installation

    07/11/02 09:18:34 61TA0000_110_0373 Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation Special Tools Required 8. Remove the locknut (A) and the fuel tank unit (B). Fuel sender wrench 07AAA-S0XA100 *03 Removal 1. Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-358). 2. Remove the fuel fill cap. 3.
  • Page 693 07/11/02 09:18:34 61TA0000_110_0374 Fuel Supply System Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation (cont’d) Installation 4. Using the special tool, tighten a new locknut (A) with a new locknut plate (B) to the specified torque. 1. Temporarily attach a new base gasket (A) to the fuel tank unit (B), then insert the fuel tank unit NOTE: partially into the fuel tank.
  • Page 694: Fuel Pulsation Damper Replacement

    07/11/02 09:18:35 61TA0000_110_0375 Fuel Pulsation Damper Replacement PZEV model 5. Remove the fuel pulsation damper (A) from the fuel rail (B). *02 1. Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-358). 22 N·m 2. Remove the engine cover. (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) 3.
  • Page 695: Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement

    07/11/02 09:18:35 61TA0000_110_0376 Fuel Supply System Fuel Pressure Regulator Fuel Filter Replacement Replacement The fuel filter should be replaced whenever the fuel pressure drops below the specified value (see page 1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-373). 11-361), after making sure that the fuel pump and the fuel pressure regulator are OK.
  • Page 696: Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement

    07/11/02 09:18:36 61TA0000_110_0377 Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-373). 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). *01 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: •...
  • Page 697: Fuel Tank Replacement

    07/11/02 09:18:36 61TA0000_110_0378 Fuel Supply System Fuel Tank Replacement 1. Drain the fuel tank (see page 11-361). 5. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 2. Reinstall the fuel tank unit without connecting the 6. Disconnect the hose (A) from the EVAP canister. *03...
  • Page 698 07/11/02 09:18:37 61TA0000_110_0379 10. Remove the fuel tank protector (A). *04 38 N·m (3.9 kgf·m, 28 lbf·ft) 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) 11. Remove the right parking brake cable mounting bolts (see page 19-41). 12. Place a jack or other support under the fuel tank (B). 13.
  • Page 699: Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation

    07/11/02 09:18:38 61TA0000_110_0380 Fuel Supply System Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation 1. Drain the fuel tank (see page 11-361). PZEV model *03 2. Remove the fuel fill cap. 3. Remove the fuel fill pipe cover (A). *01 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) 5.
  • Page 700: Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test

    07/11/02 09:19:08 61TA0000_110_0381 Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram, refer 7. Measure voltage between fuel tank unit 4P to the Gauges Circuit Diagram (see page 22-316). connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the ignition switch to ON (II).
  • Page 701: Low Fuel Indicator Test

    07/11/02 09:19:08 61TA0000_110_0382 Fuel Supply System Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test Low Fuel Indicator Test (cont’d) 1. Do the gauge self-diagnostic test (see page 22-312). 10. Measure resistance between fuel tank unit 4P • If the low fuel indicator flashes, go to step 2. connector terminals No.
  • Page 702 07/11/02 09:19:10 61TA0000_110_0383 Intake Air System Component Location Index *01 AIR CLEANER Removal/Installation, page 11-385 Element Inspection/ Replacement, page 11-386 INTAKE AIR RESONATOR Removal/Installation, page 11-387 THROTTLE BODY Test, page 11-384 Cleaning, page 11-385 Removal/Installation, page 11-388 Disassembly/Reassembly, page 11-389 11-383 TA08AE4A20336300000DAAT00...
  • Page 703: Throttle Body Test

    07/11/02 09:19:10 61TA0000_110_0384 Intake Air System Throttle Body Test Carbon Accumulation Check Throttle Position Learning Check NOTE: If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been NOTE: If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been reported on, check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). reported on, check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).
  • Page 704: Throttle Body Cleaning

    (A). • Do not spray throttle plate and induction cleaner directly on the throttle body. • Use Honda genuine throttle plate and induction 2. Remove the harness clamps (B) and the bolts (C). cleaner.
  • Page 705: Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement

    07/11/02 09:19:11 61TA0000_110_0386 Intake Air System Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). *01 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging.
  • Page 706: Intake Air Resonator Removal/Installation

    07/11/02 09:19:12 61TA0000_110_0387 Intake Air Resonator Removal/Installation 1. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-90). 6. Remove the front bumper (see page 20-237). 2. Remove the air cleaner (see page 11-385). 7. Remove the intake air resonator (A). *03 3.
  • Page 707: Throttle Body Removal/Installation

    07/11/02 09:19:12 61TA0000_110_0388 Intake Air System Throttle Body Removal/Installation Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. NOTE: If you are replacing or cleaning the throttle body, start at step 1.
  • Page 708: Throttle Body Disassembly/Reassembly

    07/11/02 09:19:13 61TA0000_110_0389 Throttle Body Disassembly/Reassembly *01 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) THROTTLE BODY O-RING Replace. 2.5 N·m (0.25 kgf·m, 1.5 lbf·ft) 11-389 TA08AE4A20336359401MFAT00...
  • Page 709: Catalytic Converter System

    07/11/02 09:19:14 61TA0000_110_0390 Catalytic Converter System Component Location Index *01 UNDER-FLOOR THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER Removal/Installation, page 11-394 WARM UP THREE WAY ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/ CATALYTIC CONVERTER POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) Removal/Installation, page 11-393 Update, page 11-231 Substitution, page 11-7 Replacement, page 11-232 11-390 TA08AE4A20316100000DAAT00...
  • Page 710 07/11/02 09:19:14 61TA0000_110_0391 DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0420 in the Threshold DTCs MENU with the HDS. NOTE: Does the screen indicate F AILED? • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general −...
  • Page 711 07/11/02 09:19:14 61TA0000_110_0392 Catalytic Converter System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 14. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Vehicle speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) for 5 minutes or more with cruise control set 15.
  • Page 712 07/11/02 09:19:15 61TA0000_110_0393 Warm Up TWC Removal/Installation 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 8. Remove the upper converter cover (A). *02 2. Remove the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) (see page 31 N·m (3.2 kgf·m, 11-225). 23 lbf·ft) 3.
  • Page 713 07/11/02 09:19:15 61TA0000_110_0394 Catalytic Converter System Under-floor TWC Removal/Installation 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 2. Remove the exhaust pipe hangers (A). *04 33 N·m (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) 33 N·m (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) 3. Remove the under-floor TWC (B). 4.
  • Page 714: Pcv System

    07/11/02 09:19:16 61TA0000_110_0395 PCV System Component Location Index *01 PCV VALVE Inspection, page 11-396 Replacement, page 11-396 11-395 TA08AE4A20360300000DAAT00...
  • Page 715: Pcv Valve Inspection

    07/11/02 09:19:16 61TA0000_110_0396 PCV System PCV Valve Inspection PCV Valve Replacement 1. Check the PCV valve (A), hoses (B), and 1. Disconnect the PCV hose. connections for leaks or restrictions. *01 2. Remove the PCV valve (A). *01 45 N·m (4.6 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) 2.
  • Page 716 07/11/02 09:19:18 61TA0000_110_0397 EVAP System Component Location Index *01 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VALVE Replacement, page 11-431 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/ POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) Update, page 11-231 Substitution, page 11-7 Replacement, page 11-232 *02 FUEL TANK VAPOR CONTROL VALVE FUEL FILL CAP FUEL TANK PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR...
  • Page 717: Dtc Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:19:19 61TA0000_110_0398 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0443: EVAP Canister Purge Valve 7. Start the engine, and let it idle. Circuit Malfunction Is there vacuum? Special Tools Required Vacuum pump/gauge, 0 30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A − − Go to step 8. or equivalent, commercially available −...
  • Page 718 07/11/02 09:19:19 61TA0000_110_0399 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 17. Measure voltage between EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. *04 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (49P). EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE 2P CONNECTOR 13.
  • Page 719 07/11/02 09:19:19 61TA0000_110_0400 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 22. At the valve side, measure resistance between terminal B3 and EVAP canister purge valve 2P EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminals connector terminal No. 2. No.
  • Page 720 07/11/02 09:19:56 61TA0000_110_0401 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 34. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0443 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Is DT C P0443 indicated? Does the screen indicate PASSED? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the −...
  • Page 721 07/11/02 09:19:56 61TA0000_110_0402 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0451: FTP Sensor Circuit Range/ 11. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Performance Problem Is DT C P0451 indicated? NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and −...
  • Page 722 07/11/02 09:19:56 61TA0000_110_0403 DTC P0452: FTP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 11. Disconnect the FTP sensor 3P connector. and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 723 07/11/02 09:19:57 61TA0000_110_0404 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 16. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 17.
  • Page 724 07/11/02 09:19:57 61TA0000_110_0405 24. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 35. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0452 indicated? 25. Replace the FTP sensor (see page 11-430). 26. Reconnect all connectors. − Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM.
  • Page 725 07/11/02 09:19:57 61TA0000_110_0406 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0453: FTP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 12. Connect FTP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3 with a jumper wire. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 726 07/11/02 09:19:58 61TA0000_110_0407 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 17. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 22. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 18. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (49P). 23.
  • Page 727 07/11/02 09:19:58 61TA0000_110_0408 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 26. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 37. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0453 indicated? 27. Replace the FTP sensor (see page 11-430). 28. Reconnect all connectors. −...
  • Page 728 07/11/02 09:19:58 61TA0000_110_0409 DTC P0455: EVAP System Large Leak 2. Check the fuel fill cap seal (A) and the fuel fill pipe Detected mating surface (B). Verify that the fuel fill cap tether cord (C) is not caught under the cap. DTC P0456: EVAP System Very Small Leak *01...
  • Page 729 07/11/02 09:19:59 61TA0000_110_0410 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 7. Check for a poor connection or damage at the fuel 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). tank vapor recirculation tube. 11. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU Is the tube OK ? with the HDS.
  • Page 730 07/11/02 09:19:59 61TA0000_110_0411 15. Disconnect the fresh air hose (A) from the EVAP 19. Select EVAP CVS OFF in the INSPECTION MENU canister (B), and plug the EVAP canister port (C). with the HDS. *04 20. Check these parts for looseness or damage: •...
  • Page 731 07/11/02 09:19:59 61TA0000_110_0412 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0457: EVAP System Leak Detected/Fuel 5. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION Fill Cap Loose or Missing MENU with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Is the result OK ? and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 732 07/11/02 09:19:59 61TA0000_110_0413 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve (see page 11-431). 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 16. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343).
  • Page 733 07/11/02 09:20:00 61TA0000_110_0414 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0496: EVAP System High Purge Flow 10. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Detected Is DT C P0496 indicated? NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general −...
  • Page 734 07/11/02 09:20:00 61TA0000_110_0415 DTC P0497: EVAP System Low Purge Flow 6. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP Detected canister purge valve (B). *01 Special Tools Required • Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0 4 in.Hg 07JAZ-001000B − • Vacuum pump/gauge, 0 30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A −...
  • Page 735 07/11/02 09:20:00 61TA0000_110_0416 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 7. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the purge line (at 12. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP the EVAP canister side), and connect a T-fitting (A) canister purge valve (B). Connect a T-fitting (C) from the vacuum gauge and the vacuum pump/ from the vacuum gauge and the vacuum pump/ −...
  • Page 736 07/11/02 09:20:01 61TA0000_110_0417 15. Connect the vacuum pump/gauge, 0 30 in.Hg, to − 19. Connect a T-fitting (A) from the vacuum pump/ the vacuum hose (A) as shown. gauge, 0 30 in.Hg, and the vacuum pump, to the − *04 FTP sensor (B) as shown.
  • Page 737 07/11/02 09:20:01 61TA0000_110_0418 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 25. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 26. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-343). 27. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
  • Page 738 07/11/02 09:20:01 61TA0000_110_0419 DTC P0498: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 9. Measure voltage between EVAP canister vent shut Circuit Low Voltage valve 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. *01 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE 2P CONNECTOR and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 739 07/11/02 09:20:02 61TA0000_110_0420 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 16. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A11 and body ground. *05 13. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (49P). ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 14. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector VSV (RED) terminal A11 and body ground.
  • Page 740 07/11/02 09:20:23 61TA0000_110_0421 19. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 25. Reconnect all connectors. 20. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 26. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- 21.
  • Page 741 07/11/02 09:20:23 61TA0000_110_0422 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0499: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0499 in the Circuit High Voltage DTCs MENU with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Does the screen indicate PASSED? and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
  • Page 742 07/11/02 09:20:24 61TA0000_110_0423 DTC P1454: FTP Sensor Range/Performance 11. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Problem 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). DTC P2422: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Stuck Closed Malfunction 13. Remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve from the EVAP canister (see page 11-431).
  • Page 743 07/11/02 09:20:24 61TA0000_110_0424 EVAP System DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 18. Disconnect the air tube (A) from the FTP sensor (B). 21. Remove the FTP sensor (A) from the EVAP canister *02 with its connector connected (see page 11-430). *03 19. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
  • Page 744 07/11/02 09:20:24 61TA0000_110_0425 DTC P145C: EVAP System Purge Flow 24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Malfunction 25. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. NOTE: 26. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see page • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 11-343).
  • Page 745: Fuel Cap Warning Message System Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 09:20:25 61TA0000_110_0426 EVAP System Fuel Cap Warning Message System Troubleshooting Special Tools Required 3. Reinstall and tighten the fuel fill cap. • Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0 4 in.Hg 07JAZ-001000B − − • Vacuum pump/gauge, 0 30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A 4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. or equivalent, commercially available 5.
  • Page 746 07/11/02 09:20:25 61TA0000_110_0427 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. Apply about 2 kPa (0.6 in.Hg, 15 mmHg) of vacuum to the hose. 11. Select the EVAP PCS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Does the vacuum release immediately? −...
  • Page 747: Evap Canister Replacement

    07/11/02 09:20:25 61TA0000_110_0428 EVAP System EVAP Canister Replacement 1. Lift the vehicle on the hoist. 6. Remove the bolt (A), and disconnect the hoses (B), the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector (C), 2. Remove the wheel sensor harness clamps (A) and the FTP sensor 3P connector (D).
  • Page 748 07/11/02 09:20:26 61TA0000_110_0429 8. Remove the EVAP canister (A) from the EVAP 11. Install the EVAP canister assembly to the body. canister bracket (B). *03 NOTE: Attach the bracket arm (A) to the body as 9.8 N·m shown. (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) *05...
  • Page 749: Ftp Sensor Replacement

    07/11/02 09:20:26 61TA0000_110_0430 EVAP System FTP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the bolt (A), and disconnect the EVAP 3. Remove the FTP sensor (A). canister vent shut valve 2P connector (B), the FTP *02 sensor 3P connector (C), and the hoses (D). *01...
  • Page 750: Evap Canister Vent Shut Valve Replacement

    07/11/02 09:20:27 61TA0000_110_0431 EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve EVAP Canister Purge Valve Replacement Replacement 1. Disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P 1. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector (A). connector (A). *01 2. Remove the cap (B). *01...
  • Page 751 07/11/02 09:20:27 61TA0000_110_0432 TA08AE40000000J1101ZAAT00...
  • Page 752 07/11/02 09:15:04 61TA0000_120_0001 Transaxle Clutch ..........................12-1 Manual Transmission ................13-1 Automatic Transmission ..............14-1 Driveline/Axle ..................... 16-1 TA08AE40000000J1300ZCAT00...
  • Page 753 07/11/02 09:15:04 61TA0000_120_0002 TA08AE40000000J1300ZAAT00...
  • Page 754 07/11/02 09:15:04 61TA0000_120_0003 Clutch Special Tools ..........................12-2 Component Location Index ................. 12-3 System Description ......................12-4 Clutch Hydraulic System Bleeding ............12-6 Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, and Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment ....
  • Page 755 07/11/02 09:15:05 61TA0000_120_0004 Clutch Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07JAF-PM7011A Clutch Alignment Disc 07LAB-PV00100 Ring Gear Holder 07PAF-0020000 Clutch Alignment Tool Set 07ZAF-PR8A100 Clutch Alignment Shaft 07746-0010800 Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07749-0010000 Driver 07936-3710100 Remover Handle 07936-371020A Slide Hammer 07936-3710600 Bearing Remover Shaft...
  • Page 756: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 09:15:12 61TA0000_120_0005 Component Location Index *01 CLUTCH ASSIST BUSH A CLUTCH MASTER CLUTCH ASSIST SPRING CYLINDER Replacement, RESERVOIR HOSE CLUTCH ASSIST BUSH A page 12-9 CLUTCH PEDAL ASSEMBLY RESERVOIR Replacement, page 12-8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH Test, page 4-9 Adjustment, page 12-7 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH...
  • Page 757: System Description

    07/11/02 09:15:12 61TA0000_120_0006 Clutch System Description Delay Orifice Mechanism Function The delay orifice mechanism improves clutch operation by delaying the slave cylinder release speed when the clutch pedal is suddenly released. The delay orifice mechanism is built into the slave cylinder. *01...
  • Page 758 07/11/02 09:15:12 61TA0000_120_0007 Operation When the clutch pedal is pressed, the fluid pressure from the master cylinder moves the one-way valve in the direction shown in the illustration. The fluid flows through two passages: the orifice part and the filter part. It then flows out to the slave cylinder to release the pressure plate and clutch disc joint.
  • Page 759: Clutch Hydraulic System Bleeding

    NOTE: 3. Attach the one end of a clear tube to the bleeder • Do not reuse the drained fluid. Always use Honda screw (A), and put the other end into a container of DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container.
  • Page 760: Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, And Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment

    07/11/02 09:15:13 61TA0000_120_0009 Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, and Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment NOTE: 3. Tighten the clutch pushrod locknut. • Check the clutch pedal position switch (see page 4-47). • Check the clutch interlock switch (see page 4-9). 4.
  • Page 761: Clutch Pedal Assembly Replacement

    07/11/02 09:15:14 61TA0000_120_0010 Clutch Clutch Pedal Assembly Replacement 1. Disconnect the clutch pedal position switch 7. Install the clutch pedal assembly (A). connector (A) and clutch interlock switch *03 connector (B). 8 x 1.25 mm *01 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) 8 x 1.25 mm 13 N·m (1.3 kgf·m,...
  • Page 762: Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement

    07/11/02 09:15:14 61TA0000_120_0011 Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement NOTE: 3. Remove the reservoir mounting bolt (A) and the • Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted retaining clip (B) then disconnect the clutch line (C) surfaces. from the clutch master cylinder (D), and remove the •...
  • Page 763 07/11/02 09:15:15 61TA0000_120_0012 Clutch Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement (cont’d) 5. Install a new master cylinder seal (A), then install 7. To prevent the retaining clip (A) from coming off, the master cylinder (B). pry apart the tip of the retaining clip (B) with a *06...
  • Page 764: Slave Cylinder Replacement

    07/11/02 09:15:15 61TA0000_120_0013 Slave Cylinder Replacement 9. Install the master cylinder mounting nuts (A). NOTE: *10 • Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. 8 x 1.25 mm • Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage 13 N·m (1.3 kgf·m, the paint or plastic.
  • Page 765 07/11/02 09:15:16 61TA0000_120_0014 Clutch Slave Cylinder Replacement (cont’d) 3. Remove the roll pins (A). Disconnect the clutch line 5. Pull back the boot (A), and apply M-77 assembly (B), and remove the O-ring (C). Plug or wrap the paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the boot and slave end of the clutch line with a clean shop towel to cylinder rod (B).
  • Page 766: Clutch Hose Replacement

    07/11/02 09:15:16 61TA0000_120_0015 Clutch Hose Replacement NOTE: 3. Disconnect the clutch hose (A) from the clutch lines • Replace the clutch hose it is twisted, cracked, or if it (B). *02 leaks. • Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
  • Page 767 07/11/02 09:15:17 61TA0000_120_0016 Clutch Clutch Hose Replacement (cont’d) 6. Install the clutch hose (A) into the clutch hose 8. Bleed the clutch hydraulic system (see page 12-6). brackets (B, C) with the new clutch hose clips (D). *04 9. Do the following checks: •...
  • Page 768: Clutch Replacement

    07/11/02 09:15:18 61TA0000_120_0017 Clutch Replacement Special Tools Required 3. Install the ring gear holder (A) and the clutch • Clutch alignment disc 07JAF-PM7011A alignment tool set (B). *02 • Ring gear holder 07LAB-PV00100 • Clutch alignment tool set 07PAF-0020000 • Clutch alignment shaft 07ZAF-PR8A100 •...
  • Page 769 07/11/02 09:15:18 61TA0000_120_0018 Clutch Clutch Replacement (cont’d) 7. Inspect for warpage using a straight edge (A) and a 10. Measure the clutch disc thickness. If the thickness feeler gauge (B). Measure across the pressure plate is less than the service limit, replace the clutch disc. (C).
  • Page 770 07/11/02 09:15:19 61TA0000_120_0019 Flywheel Inspection Flywheel Replacement 12. Remove the ring gear holder. 16. Install the ring gear holder (A). *10 13. Inspect the ring gear teeth for wear and damage. 14. Inspect the clutch disc mating surface on the flywheel for wear, cracks, and burning.
  • Page 771 07/11/02 09:15:20 61TA0000_120_0020 Clutch Clutch Replacement (cont’d) Crankshaft Pilot Bushing Inspection Crankshaft Pilot Bushing Replacement 20. Inspect the crankshaft pilot bushing for wear and 22. Remove the crankshaft pilot bushing (A) using the damage. slide hammer (B), remover handle (C), and bearing remover shaft (D).
  • Page 772 07/11/02 09:15:27 61TA0000_120_0021 Clutch Disc and Pressure Plate Installation 28. Torque the mounting bolts (A) in a crisscross pattern. Tighten the bolts in several steps to 24. Temporarily install the clutch disc onto the splines prevent warping the diaphragm spring. of the transmission mainshaft.
  • Page 773 07/11/02 09:15:28 61TA0000_120_0022 Clutch Clutch Replacement (cont’d) Release Bearing Replacement 34. Apply super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798- 9002) to the release fork (A), the release fork bolt 31. Remove the release fork boot (A) from the clutch (B), the release bearing (C), and the release bearing housing (B).
  • Page 774 07/11/02 09:23:51 61TA0000_130_0001 Manual Transmission Countershaft Inspection ......13-45 Special Tools .............. . 13-2 Countershaft Reassembly ....13-46 Symptom Troubleshooting Synchro Sleeve and Hub Index ................. 13-3 Inspection and Reassembly . 13-51 Transmission Fluid Inspection Synchro Ring and Gear and Replacement ....
  • Page 775: Manual Transmission

    07/11/02 09:23:52 61TA0000_130_0002 Manual Transmission Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07GAJ-PG20110 Mainshaft Holder 07GAJ-PG20130 Mainshaft Base 07JAD-PL90100 Oil Seal Driver 07NAD-P20A100 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 070AG-SJAA10S Frame Positioning Guide Pin 07736-A01000B Adjustable Bearing Puller, 20 40 mm − 07746-0010300 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0030100...
  • Page 776: Symptom Troubleshooting Index

    07/11/02 09:23:52 61TA0000_130_0003 Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Probable cause(s) Diagnostic procedure Hard to shift into Worn or incorrect MTF. • Check and/or replace the MTF (see page 1st gear Clutch defective. 13-5). 1st synchro ring defective. • Check the clutch (see page 12-15). 1st/2nd synchro sleeve and hub •...
  • Page 777 07/11/02 09:23:52 61TA0000_130_0004 Manual Transmission Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) Symptom Probable cause(s) Diagnostic procedure Hard to shift into Worn or incorrect MTF. • Check and/or replace the MTF (see page reverse Clutch defective. 13-5). Reverse shift fork defective. • Check the clutch (see page 12-15). Reverse idler gear defective.
  • Page 778: Transmission Fluid Inspection And Replacement

    Fluid Capacity 1.9 L (2.0 US qt) at fluid change 2.0 L (2.1 US qt) at overhaul Always use Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF). 5. Install the oil filler plug (C) with a new sealing washer.
  • Page 779: Transmission Removal

    (C) and the and the bracket bolt (D) • Subframe adapter VSB02C000016 then remove the battery base (E). These special tools are available through the Honda *02 Tool and Equipment Program 888-424-6857. NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
  • Page 780 07/11/02 09:23:55 61TA0000_130_0007 7. Remove the nuts (A) and the clamp (B), then move 9. Disconnect the output shaft (counter shaft) speed the under-hood fuse/relay box (C) out of the way. sensor connector (A), the back-up light switch *04 connector (B), and the harness clamp (C). *06...
  • Page 781 07/11/02 09:23:55 61TA0000_130_0008 Manual Transmission Transmission Removal (cont’d) 11. Remove the harness clamp (A) and the nuts (B), 13. Attach the engine hanger/adapter (VSB02C000015) then remove the strut brace (C). to the threaded hole in the cylinder head. *08 *10 VSB02C000015 12.
  • Page 782 07/11/02 09:23:57 61TA0000_130_0009 15. Remove the front engine mount stop nuts (A), the 17. Remove the power steering line holder mounting front engine mount stop (B), and the vacuum hose bolts (A). *14 bracket (C), then remove the front mount bolt (D), and disconnect the vacuum hose (E).
  • Page 783 07/11/02 09:23:57 61TA0000_130_0010 Manual Transmission Transmission Removal (cont’d) 19. Remove the power steering gearbox stiffener bolts 21. Remove the three transmission upper mount (A) and the power steering stiffener plates (B). bracket bolts (A), the transmission upper mount *16 bracket (B), the ground cable mount bolt (C), and the ground cable (D).
  • Page 784 07/11/02 09:23:58 61TA0000_130_0011 23. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is 30. Remove exhaust pipe A and the gaskets (B). securely supported. *21 24. Remove the front wheels. 25. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-272). *20...
  • Page 785 07/11/02 09:23:58 61TA0000_130_0012 Manual Transmission Transmission Removal (cont’d) 32. Remove the subframe mid mount bolts (A) and the 34. Remove the power steering line holder bolt (A) and subframe mid mount (B) from both sides. the power steering line holder clamp (B). *23...
  • Page 786 07/11/02 09:23:59 61TA0000_130_0013 35. Attach the front subframe adapter (A) to the 37. Remove the lower transmission mount bolts (A) subframe, raise the jack, line up the slots in the arm and lower transmission mount (B). *29 with bolt holes on the corner of the jack base, then attach them securely.
  • Page 787 07/11/02 09:24:00 61TA0000_130_0014 Manual Transmission Transmission Removal (cont’d) 38. Use an appropriate pry bar to remove both 40. Remove the clutch cover (A) and the harness cover driveshafts. (B). *32 Left driveshaft *30 41. Support the transmission with a transmission jack. Right driveshaft *31...
  • Page 788 07/11/02 09:24:00 61TA0000_130_0015 42. Remove the lower transmission mounting bolts. 45. Remove the release fork boot (A), the release fork (B), and the release bearing (C) from the Front side transmission. *33 *35 Rear side 46. If necessary, remove the release fork from the *34...
  • Page 789: Transmission Installation

    Front side *02 • Subframe adapter VSB02C000016 • Frame positioning guide pin 070AG-SJAA10S These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 888-424-6857. 12 x 1.25 mm NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted 64 N·m surfaces.
  • Page 790 07/11/02 09:24:02 61TA0000_130_0017 5. Install the clutch cover (A) and the harness cover 9. Support the subframe with the subframe adapter (B). and a jack. *04 *06 6 x 1.0 mm 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) VSB02C000016 6 x 1.0 mm 9.8 N·m 10.
  • Page 791 07/11/02 09:24:03 61TA0000_130_0018 Manual Transmission Transmission Installation (cont’d) 12. Partially tighten the right rear subframe mounting 21. Install the power steering line holder bolt (A) and bolt (A); insert the frame position guide pin through the clamp (B). *09 the positioning slot (B) on the rear stiffener, through the positioning hole (C) on the subframe, 6 x 1.0 mm and into the positioning hole on the body, then...
  • Page 792 07/11/02 09:24:03 61TA0000_130_0019 23. Install the subframe mid mount on both sides with 28. Install the rear engine mount stop bolts. new bolts. *13 *11 10 x 1.25 mm 49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36 lbf·ft) Replace. 12 x 1.25 mm 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
  • Page 793 07/11/02 09:24:04 61TA0000_130_0020 Manual Transmission Transmission Installation (cont’d) 31. Install the front wheels, and set them in the 35. Install the new transmission upper mount bracket straight-ahead position. bolts. *17 12 x 1.25 mm 32. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 59 N·m (6.0 kgf·m, 44 lbf·ft)
  • Page 794 07/11/02 09:24:29 61TA0000_130_0021 37. Install the power steering gearbox mounting 39. Install the three new rear engine mount stop bolts bracket (A), then install the heat shield (B). (A) and the two new rear engine mount bolts (B). *19 *21 10 x 1.25 mm 12 x 1.25 mm 12 x 1.25 mm...
  • Page 795 07/11/02 09:24:30 61TA0000_130_0022 Manual Transmission Transmission Installation (cont’d) 41. Remove the engine support hanger and the engine 44. Install the bracket (A) and the harness clamp (B). hanger/adapter from the engine. *25 6 x 1.0 mm 42. Install the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister 9.8 N·m hose (A) and brake booster vacuum hose (B).
  • Page 796 07/11/02 09:24:31 61TA0000_130_0023 46. Install the shift cable bracket (A) and the shift 49. Apply a light coat of super high temp urea grease cables (B). (P/N 08798-9002) to the end of the slave cylinder *27 rod. Install the slave cylinder. Be careful not to 8 x 1.25 mm bend the clutch line.
  • Page 797 07/11/02 09:24:31 61TA0000_130_0024 Manual Transmission Transmission Installation (cont’d) 53. Install the front grille cover (see page 20-255). *30 54. Check the wheel alignment (see page 18-5). 55. Check the shift lever and the clutch operation. 56. Test-drive the vehicle. 13-24...
  • Page 798: Transmission Disassembly

    07/11/02 09:24:32 61TA0000_130_0025 Transmission Disassembly Exploded View-Clutch Housing *01 DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY 28 mm SPRING WASHER BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH SHIFT FORK ASSEMBLY 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft) BALL BEARING 6 mm FLANGE BOLT 28 x 43 x 7 mm OIL SEAL CLUTCH HOUSING 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 9 lbf·ft) Replace.
  • Page 799 07/11/02 09:24:33 61TA0000_130_0026 Manual Transmission Transmission Disassembly (cont’d) Exploded View-Transmission Housing *02 TRANSMISSION HOUSING DETENT BOLT 32 mm SEALING CAP 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) 10 mm SEALING WASHER Replace. 12 mm SEALING WASHER 10 mm FLANGE BOLT Replace.
  • Page 800 07/11/02 09:24:34 61TA0000_130_0027 NOTE: Place the clutch housing on two pieces of wood 4. Remove the drain plug (A), filler plug (B), 10 mm thick enough to keep the mainshaft from hitting the flange bolt (C), and sealing washer (D). *05...
  • Page 801 07/11/02 09:24:35 61TA0000_130_0028 Manual Transmission Transmission Disassembly (cont’d) 8. Remove the 32 mm sealing cap (A). 11. Remove the reverse lock cam. *07 *08 12. Remove the reverse idler gear (A) and reverse gear shaft (B). *09 9. While expanding the 72 mm snap ring (B) of the countershaft ball bearing with snap ring pliers, lift the transmission housing (C).
  • Page 802 07/11/02 09:24:35 61TA0000_130_0029 14. Apply tape to the mainshaft splines to protect the 17. Remove the oil gutter plate (A), 72 mm shim (B), seal, then remove the mainshaft assembly (A) and and oil guide plate M. *14 the countershaft assembly (B) with the shift fork assembly (C) from the clutch housing (D).
  • Page 803: Reverse Shift Fork Clearance Inspection

    07/11/02 09:24:36 61TA0000_130_0030 Manual Transmission Reverse Shift Fork Clearance Change Lever Clearance Inspection Inspection 1. Measure the clearance between change lever (A) and the select lever (B) with a feeler gauge (C). If 1. Measure the clearance between the reverse idler the clearance is more than the service limit, go to gear (A) and the reverse shift fork (B) with a feeler step 2.
  • Page 804: Change Lever Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly

    07/11/02 09:24:36 61TA0000_130_0031 Change Lever Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply grease to contact surfaces as shown. *01 SELECT LEVER Be careful not to damage the dust seal when installing it. DUST SEAL Replace.
  • Page 805: Shift Fork Clearance Inspection

    07/11/02 09:24:37 61TA0000_130_0032 Manual Transmission Shift Fork Clearance Inspection NOTE: The synchro sleeve and synchro hub should be 3. Measure the clearance between the shift fork (A) replaced as a set. and the shift arm (B). If the clearance exceeds the service limit, go to step 4.
  • Page 806: Shift Fork Disassembly/Reassembly

    07/11/02 09:24:37 61TA0000_130_0033 Shift Fork Disassembly/Reassembly Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply MTF to all contact surfaces. *01 5TH SHIFT FORK 3-4 SHIFT FORK 1-2 SHIFT FORK 13-33 TA08AA7E34150354901MFAT00...
  • Page 807: Mainshaft Assembly Clearance Inspection

    07/11/02 09:24:37 61TA0000_130_0034 Manual Transmission Mainshaft Assembly Clearance Inspection NOTE: If replacement is required, always replace the 4. Measure the clearance between 4th gear (A) and synchro sleeve and synchro hub as a set. the distance collar (B) with a dial indicator (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to 1.
  • Page 808 07/11/02 09:24:38 61TA0000_130_0035 6. Measure the thickness of 4th gear. 8. Measure the length of the distance collar as shown. • If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 4th gear. • If the length is not within the standard, replace •...
  • Page 809: Mainshaft Disassembly

    07/11/02 09:24:38 61TA0000_130_0036 Manual Transmission Mainshaft Assembly Clearance Mainshaft Disassembly Inspection (cont’d) 1. Remove the angular ball bearing (A) and the tapered cone ring using a commercially available 10. Measure the length of the MBS distance collar. bearing separator (B) and a commercially available If the length is not within standard, replace the bearing puller (C).
  • Page 810: Mainshaft Inspection

    07/11/02 09:24:38 61TA0000_130_0037 Mainshaft Inspection 3. Support 3rd gear (A) on steel blocks, and press the 1. Inspect the gear and bearing contact areas for wear mainshaft out of the 3rd/4th synchro hub (B). and damage, then measure the mainshaft at points A, B, C, D, and E.
  • Page 811 07/11/02 09:24:39 61TA0000_130_0038 Manual Transmission Mainshaft Inspection (cont’d) 2. Inspect the runout by supporting both ends of the mainshaft. Then rotate the mainshaft two complete turns while measuring with a dial gauge. If the runout is more than the service limit, replace the mainshaft.
  • Page 812: Mainshaft Reassembly

    07/11/02 09:24:39 61TA0000_130_0039 Mainshaft Reassembly Exploded View *01 ANGULAR BALL BEARING Check for wear and 3RD/4TH operation. SYNCHRO Note the direction of SLEEVE installation. Note the direction of installation. TAPERED CONE RING 3RD/4TH MBS DISTANCE COLLAR SYNCHRO HUB Note the direction of installation.
  • Page 813 07/11/02 09:24:40 61TA0000_130_0040 Manual Transmission Mainshaft Reassembly (cont’d) Special Tools Required 5. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub (A) using the 40 mm • Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 I.D. driver. *04 • Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300 NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View, as needed, during this procedure.
  • Page 814 07/11/02 09:25:06 61TA0000_130_0041 7. Install the synchro spring (A). 11. Install the 5th synchro hub (A) by aligning the *06 synchro ring fingers (B) with the grooves in the 5th synchro hub (C). *08 12. Install the 5th synchro hub (A) using the 40 mm I.D. 8.
  • Page 815: Countershaft Assembly Clearance Inspection

    07/11/02 09:25:06 61TA0000_130_0042 Manual Transmission Mainshaft Reassembly (cont’d) Countershaft Assembly Clearance Inspection 14. Install the synchro spring (A). *10 1. Measure the clearance between 1st gear (A) and the distance collar (B) with a feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 2.
  • Page 816 07/11/02 09:25:07 61TA0000_130_0043 3. Measure the thickness of 1st gear. 5. Measure the length of the distance collar. • If the thickness is less than the service limit, • If the length is not within the standard, replace replace 1st gear. the distance collar.
  • Page 817: Countershaft Disassembly

    07/11/02 09:25:07 61TA0000_130_0044 Manual Transmission Countershaft Disassembly 1. Securely clamp the countershaft assembly in a 5. Support 4th gear (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a bench vise with wood blocks. press (C) and an attachment (D) to press the *01...
  • Page 818: Countershaft Inspection

    07/11/02 09:25:07 61TA0000_130_0045 Countershaft Inspection 1. Inspect the gear and bearing contact areas for wear 2. Inspect the runout by supporting both ends of the and damage, then measure the countershaft at countershaft. Then rotate the countershaft two points A, B, and C. If any part of the countershaft is complete turns while measuring with a dial gauge.
  • Page 819: Countershaft Reassembly

    07/11/02 09:25:08 61TA0000_130_0046 Manual Transmission Countershaft Reassembly Exploded View *01 SPECIAL BOLT REVERSE GEAR NOTE: Left-hand threads. Replace. 118 N·m (12 kgf·m, 87 lbf·ft) BALL BEARING Check for wear and operation. Note the direction of installation. 1ST/2ND SYNCHRO HUB Note the direction 35 mm SHIM of installation.
  • Page 820 07/11/02 09:25:09 61TA0000_130_0047 Special Tools Required 6. Install the synchro spring (A). • Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 *04 • Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300 NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View, as needed, during this procedure. 1. Clean all parts in solvent, dry them, and apply MTF to all contact surfaces.
  • Page 821 07/11/02 09:25:10 61TA0000_130_0048 Manual Transmission Countershaft Reassembly (cont’d) 9. Install the needle bearing. 12. Install 4th gear (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver and a press (B). 10. Install 2nd gear (A) by aligning the synchro cone fingers (B) with the 2nd gear grooves (C). NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum pressure.
  • Page 822 07/11/02 09:25:10 61TA0000_130_0049 14. Install the distance collar (A), 35 mm shim, and old 16. If the clearance is more than the standard, select a ball bearing (B) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (C), new shim from the following table. If the clearance 30 mm I.D.
  • Page 823 07/11/02 09:25:11 61TA0000_130_0050 Manual Transmission Countershaft Reassembly (cont’d) 17. Support the ball bearing (A) on steel blocks (B), 20. Securely clamp the countershaft assembly in a then use a press (C) and an attachment (D) to press bench vise with wood blocks (A). *14...
  • Page 824: Synchro Sleeve And Hub Inspection And Reassembly

    07/11/02 09:25:11 61TA0000_130_0051 Synchro Sleeve and Hub Inspection Synchro Ring and Gear Inspection and Reassembly 1. Inspect the inside of each synchro ring (A) for wear. Inspect the teeth (B) on each synchro ring for wear 1. Inspect gear teeth on all synchro hubs and synchro (rounded off).
  • Page 825 07/11/02 09:25:12 61TA0000_130_0052 Manual Transmission Synchro Ring and Gear Inspection (cont’d) 3. Inspect the thrust surface (A) on each gear hub for 7. Measure the clearance between each gear (A) and wear. its synchro ring (B) all around the gear. Hold the *03...
  • Page 826: Mainshaft Bearing And Oil Seal Replacement

    07/11/02 09:25:12 61TA0000_130_0053 Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement Special Tools Required 3. Drive in the new oil seal from the transmission side • Oil seal driver 07JAD-PL90100 using the driver (A) and 42 x 47 mm attachment (B). − *03...
  • Page 827: Countershaft Bearing Replacement

    07/11/02 09:25:13 61TA0000_130_0054 Manual Transmission Countershaft Bearing Replacement Special Tools Required 3. Position oil guide plate C and the new needle • Oil seal driver 07JAD-PL90100 bearing (A) in the bore of the clutch housing (B). − *03 • Adjustable bearing puller, 20 40 mm 07736-A01000B •...
  • Page 828: Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment

    07/11/02 09:25:14 61TA0000_130_0055 Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment Special Tools Required 4. Install the mainshaft in the clutch housing. • Mainshaft holder 07GAJ-PG20110 • Mainshaft base 07GAJ-PG20130 5. Place the transmission housing over the mainshaft and onto the clutch housing. 1. Remove the 72 mm shim (A) and oil guide plate M from the transmission housing (B).
  • Page 829 07/11/02 09:25:14 61TA0000_130_0056 Manual Transmission Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment (cont’d) 11. Zero a dial gauge (A) on the end of the mainshaft. 72 mm Shim *04 Part Number Thickness 23936-P21-000 0.75 mm (0.030 in.) 07GAJ-PG20110 23937-P21-000 0.78 mm (0.031 in.) 23938-P21-000 0.81 mm (0.032 in.) 23939-P21-000...
  • Page 830: Transmission Reassembly

    07/11/02 09:25:15 61TA0000_130_0057 Transmission Reassembly NOTE: Prior to reassembly, clean all parts in solvent, 4. Install the reverse shift fork (A). dry them, and apply MTF to any contact surfaces. *03 6 x 1.0 mm 15 N·m (1.5 kgf·m, 11 lbf·ft) 1.
  • Page 831 07/11/02 09:25:16 61TA0000_130_0058 Manual Transmission Transmission Reassembly (cont’d) 6. Install the reverse lock cam. 8. Select the proper size 72 mm shim (A) according to *05 the measurements made during the Mainshaft 6 x 1.0 mm Thrust Clearance Adjustment (see page 13-55). 15 N·m Install the oil gutter plate (B), oil guide plate M, and (1.5 kgf·m,...
  • Page 832 07/11/02 09:25:16 61TA0000_130_0059 10. Install the three 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (A). 14. Apply liquid gasket (P/N 08718-0001) to the threads *09 of the 32 mm sealing cap (D), and install it on the transmission housing. 34 N·m 15.
  • Page 833 07/11/02 09:25:17 61TA0000_130_0060 Manual Transmission Transmission Reassembly (cont’d) 17. Clean any dirt or oil from the change lever 20. Install the filler plug (A) with a new washer finger- assembly sealing surface. Apply liquid gasket tight, and install the drain plug (B) and 10 mm (P/N 08718-0002) to the sealing surface.
  • Page 834: Gearshift Mechanism Replacement

    07/11/02 09:25:33 61TA0000_130_0061 Gearshift Mechanism Replacement *01 LOCK PIN SHIFT LEVER KNOB When installing the shift cables 8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 lbf·ft) (transmission side), position the paint mark to the upper side. (P/N 08798-9002) 8 x 1.25 mm 22 N·m CABLE CLIPS (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) 8 x 1.25 mm...
  • Page 835: Shift Lever Housing Replacement

    4. Remove the shift lever assembly (A) from the shift KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 cable (B) and the select cable (C). *03 Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE: • Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when removing components.
  • Page 836 07/11/02 09:25:34 61TA0000_130_0063 8. Align the socket holder (A) on the shift cables (B) 9. Install the bolts, the washer (A), and the cotter pin with the slot in the bracket base (C), then slide the (B). holder into the base. Install the shift cable ends (D) to the shift lever assembly (E) then install the shift NOTE: You can install the cotter pin from either lever assembly.
  • Page 837: M/T Differential

    07/11/02 09:25:35 61TA0000_130_0064 M/T Differential Component Location Index *01 BALL BEARING Replacement, page 13-66 FINAL DRIVEN GEAR Replacement, page 13-65 DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER Backlash Inspection, page 13-65 Replacement, page 13-65 BALL BEARING Replacement, page 13-66 13-64 TA08AEAE34150700000DAAT00...
  • Page 838: Backlash Inspection

    07/11/02 09:25:36 61TA0000_130_0065 Backlash Inspection Differential Carrier, Final Driven Gear Replacement 1. Place the differential assembly on V-blocks (A), and install the intermediate shaft (B) and the left driveshaft (C). 1. Loosen the bolts in a crisscross pattern in several *01...
  • Page 839: Carrier Bearing Replacement

    07/11/02 09:25:36 61TA0000_130_0066 M/T Differential Carrier Bearing Replacement Special Tools Required 3. Install the new bearings (A) with the 40 mm I.D. Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 driver (B) and a press. Press on each bearing until it bottoms. There should be no clearance between 1.
  • Page 840: Oil Seal Replacement

    07/11/02 09:25:37 61TA0000_130_0067 Oil Seal Replacement Special Tools Required 3. Install the new oil seal in the transmission housing • Driver 07749-0010000 with the driver (A) and oil seal driver attachment (B). *03 • Oil seal driver attachment 07NAD-P20A100 1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the transmission 07749-0010000 housing (B).
  • Page 841: Differential Thrust Clearance Adjustment

    07/11/02 09:25:38 61TA0000_130_0068 M/T Differential Differential Thrust Clearance Adjustment Special Tools Required 3. Install the transmission housing onto the clutch Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 housing, then tighten the 8 mm flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps (see step 16 on 1.
  • Page 842 07/11/02 09:25:38 61TA0000_130_0069 6. If the clearance is more than the standard, select a new 80 mm shim from the following table. If the clearance measured in step 5 is within the standard, go to step 9. 80 mm Shim Part Number Thickness 41441-PL3-B00...
  • Page 843 07/11/02 09:25:38 61TA0000_130_0070 TA08AEA0000000J1301ZAAT00...
  • Page 844 • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal or side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer. • Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags, side airbags, and/or side curtain airbags.
  • Page 845 07/11/02 08:45:47 61TA0000_140_0002 Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission A/T Interlock System Special Tools .................... . 14-2 Component Location Index ..........14-298 General Troubleshooting Information ... 14-4 Circuit Diagram ..................14-299 DTC Troubleshooting Index ..........
  • Page 846 07/11/02 08:45:48 61TA0000_140_0003 Torque Converter Housing Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement ..................14-339 Countershaft Bearing Replacement ....14-340 Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement . 14-341 Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement ..................14-342 Shafts and Clutches Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly ........
  • Page 847 07/11/02 08:45:48 61TA0000_140_0004 Automatic Transmission Special Tools Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100 Mainshaft Holder 07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A Clutch Spring Compressor Bolt Assembly 07HAC-PK40102 Housing Puller 07HAJ-PK40201 Preload Inspection Tool 07JAD-PH80101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 07LAD-PW50601 Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 07LAE-PX40100 Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment 07MAJ-PY4011A...
  • Page 848 07/11/02 08:45:49 61TA0000_140_0005 Ref. No. Tool Number Description 07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401 A/T Oil Pressure Gauge Set W/Panel − 07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A Adjustable Bearing Puller, 25 40 mm 07746-0010100 Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 07746-0010300 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010400 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm...
  • Page 849: General Troubleshooting Information

    07/11/02 08:45:49 61TA0000_140_0006 Automatic Transmission General Troubleshooting Information How to Check for DTCs with the Honda If the D indicator or malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Diagnostic System (HDS) has been reported on, or if a driveability problem is suspected, follow this procedure:...
  • Page 850 07/11/02 08:45:50 61TA0000_140_0007 How to Check for DTCs with the SCS Mode If the D indicator and the MIL come on at the same time, (retrieving the flash codes) or if a driveability problem is suspected, follow this procedure: NOTE: The preferred method is to use the HDS to retrieve the DTCs.
  • Page 851 07/11/02 08:45:50 61TA0000_140_0008 Automatic Transmission General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d) How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM 4. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is done at the Connectors PCM connector, use the terminal test port (A) above the terminal you need to check. *07 NOTE: The PCM overwrites data and monitors the EVAP system for up to 40 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0).
  • Page 852 07/11/02 08:45:51 61TA0000_140_0009 Clear A/T DTCs Procedure How to End a Troubleshooting Session (required after any troubleshooting) 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard. NOTE: Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is *09...
  • Page 853 Special Tools Required 7. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-90). • Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester • Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation 8. Remove the bolts (D). with HDS and CM update software *11...
  • Page 854 07/11/02 08:45:51 61TA0000_140_0011 Failure Reproduction Technique 11. Install a known-good PCM in the reverse order of removal. Be careful to the following points while the vehicle is 12. Do the battery installation procedure (see page raising on a lift for the test-drive. 22-90).
  • Page 855: Dtc Troubleshooting Index

    07/11/02 08:45:52 61TA0000_140_0012 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting Index NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). Two Drive Detection Item Page Cycle Indicator Detection P062F (0) ――― Blinks OFF or PCM Internal Control Module Keep Alive (see page 14-76)
  • Page 856 07/11/02 08:45:52 61TA0000_140_0013 Two Drive Detection Item Page Cycle Indicator Detection ○ P0752 (70) Blinks Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON (see page 14-132) P0756 (71) ○ Blinks Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF (see page 14-134) P0757 (71) ○ Blinks Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON (see page 14-136)
  • Page 857 07/11/02 08:45:52 61TA0000_140_0014 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). Two Drive Detection Item Page Cycle Indicator Detection P0962 (16) ――― Blinks Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control (see page 14-157)
  • Page 858 07/11/02 08:45:52 61TA0000_140_0015 Two Drive Detection Item Page Cycle Indicator Detection ○ P1730 (45) Blinks Problem in Shift Control System: (see page 14-202) • Shift Solenoid Valves A or D Stuck OFF • Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON • Shift Valves A, B, or D Stuck P1731 (45) ○...
  • Page 859: Symptom Troubleshooting Index

    07/11/02 08:45:52 61TA0000_140_0016 Automatic Transmission Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes When you turn the • F-CAN communication line error • Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC ignition switch to • Gauge control module defective (see page 11-196). ON (II), the D •...
  • Page 860 07/11/02 08:45:52 61TA0000_140_0017 Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Engine runs, but Low ATF level • Check the ATF level, and check the ATF cooler vehicle does not Shift cable broken or out of lines for leakage and loose connections. If move in any gear adjustment necessary, clean the ATF cooler lines.
  • Page 861 07/11/02 08:45:52 61TA0000_140_0018 Automatic Transmission Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Vehicle moves in D, 2nd accumulator defective • Check the 2nd clutch pressure. D3, 1, and R, but 2nd gears worn or damaged • Inspect the clutch piston, the clutch piston check not in 2 2nd clutch defective valve, and the O-rings.
  • Page 862 07/11/02 08:45:52 61TA0000_140_0019 Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Poor acceleration; 2nd clutch defective • Check the 2nd clutch pressure. flares when • Inspect the clutch piston, the clutch piston check starting off in D, D3, valve, and the O-rings. Check the spring retainer and R;...
  • Page 863 07/11/02 08:45:53 61TA0000_140_0020 Automatic Transmission Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Engine idle Low ATF level • Check the ATF level, and check the ATF cooler lines vibration Shift solenoid valve E for leakage and loose connections. If necessary, clean defective the ATF cooler lines.
  • Page 864 07/11/02 08:46:20 61TA0000_140_0021 Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Late shift after Shift solenoid valve E defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose shifting from N to A/T clutch pressure control connectors. D and D3, or solenoid valve A defective •...
  • Page 865 07/11/02 08:46:20 61TA0000_140_0022 Automatic Transmission Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Transmission does Input shaft (mainshaft) speed • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose not shift sensor defective connectors. Output shaft (countershaft) • Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor speed sensor defective and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation.
  • Page 866 07/11/02 08:46:20 61TA0000_140_0023 Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Excessive shock or A/T clutch pressure control • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose flares on 2-3 solenoid valve B defective connectors. upshift or 3-2 A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and the downshift solenoid valve C defective...
  • Page 867 07/11/02 08:46:21 61TA0000_140_0024 Automatic Transmission Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Excessive shock or A/T clutch pressure control • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose flares on 4-5 solenoid valve B defective connectors. upshift or 5-4 A/T clutch pressure control •...
  • Page 868 07/11/02 08:46:21 61TA0000_140_0025 Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Shift lever does Transmission range switch • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose not operate defective or out of adjustment connectors. smoothly Shift cable broken or out of • Inspect the transmission range switch for adjustment operation.
  • Page 869 07/11/02 08:46:21 61TA0000_140_0026 Automatic Transmission Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d) Symptom Probable Cause(s) Notes Torque converter Shift solenoid valve E defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose clutch does not A/T clutch pressure control connectors. engage solenoid valve A defective •...
  • Page 870: Component Location Index

    07/11/02 08:46:25 61TA0000_140_0027 Component Location Index *01 DRIVER’S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) PARK PIN SWITCH SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID *02 OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR Replacement, page 14-236 INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR Replacement, page 14-236 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A...
  • Page 871: System Description

    07/11/02 08:46:25 61TA0000_140_0028 Automatic Transmission System Description General Operation The automatic transmission is a combination of a three-element torque converter and triple-shaft electronically controlled unit which provides five speeds forward and one in reverse. The entire unit is positioned in line with the engine.
  • Page 872 07/11/02 08:46:25 61TA0000_140_0029 Gear Selection The shift lever has seven positions; P: PARK, R: REVERSE, N: NEUTRAL, D: 1st through 5th gear ranges, D3: 1st through 3rd gear ranges, 2: 2nd gear, and 1: 1st gear. Position Description P: PARK Front wheels locked;...
  • Page 873 07/11/02 08:46:25 61TA0000_140_0030 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Clutches and Gears The five-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engage or disengage the transmission gears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch drum, the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction discs and the steel plates together, locking them so they do not slip.
  • Page 874 07/11/02 08:46:26 61TA0000_140_0031 Transmission Cutaway View *01 COUNTERSHAFT 3RD GEAR TORQUE CONVERTER MAINSHAFT 5TH GEAR RING GEAR MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR REVERSE CLUTCH IDLER GEAR MAINSHAFT CLUTCH REVERSE GEAR MAINSHAFT PARK GEAR IDLER GEAR MAINSHAFT COUNTERSHAFT IDLER SHAFT FINAL DRIVE GEAR COUNTERSHAFT 5TH GEAR COUNTERSHAFT...
  • Page 875 07/11/02 08:46:26 61TA0000_140_0032 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Power Flow P Position Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. The countershaft is locked by the park pawl interlocking the park gear. N Position Engine power transmitted from the torque converter drives the mainshaft idler gear, the idler shaft idler gear, and the secondary shaft idler gear, but hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches.
  • Page 876 07/11/02 08:46:26 61TA0000_140_0033 1st Gear • Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with the secondary shaft. • The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear. •...
  • Page 877 07/11/02 08:46:27 61TA0000_140_0034 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Power Flow (cont’d) 2nd Gear • Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 2nd clutch, then the 2nd clutch engages the secondary shaft 2nd gear with the secondary shaft. • The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear. •...
  • Page 878 07/11/02 08:46:27 61TA0000_140_0035 3rd Gear • Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 3rd clutch, then the 3rd clutch engages the secondary shaft 3rd gear with the secondary shaft. • The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear. •...
  • Page 879 07/11/02 08:46:27 61TA0000_140_0036 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Power Flow (cont’d) 4th Gear • Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft 4th gear and the reverse selector hub while the shift lever is in forward range (D, D3, 2, and 1). •...
  • Page 880 07/11/02 08:46:28 61TA0000_140_0037 5th Gear • Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft 5th gear with the mainshaft. • The mainshaft 5th gear drives the countershaft 5th gear and the countershaft. • Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear. *07...
  • Page 881 07/11/02 08:46:28 61TA0000_140_0038 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Power Flow (cont’d) R Position • Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft reverse gear and the reverse selector hub while the shift lever is in R. •...
  • Page 882 07/11/02 08:46:28 61TA0000_140_0039 Electronic Control System Functional Diagram The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves. Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions. The PCM receives input signals from sensors, switches, and other control units, processes data, and outputs signals for the engine control system and the A/T control system.
  • Page 883 07/11/02 08:46:28 61TA0000_140_0040 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Electronic Control System (cont’d) Shift Control The PCM instantly determines which gear should be selected by various signals sent from sensors and switches, and it actuates shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E to control gear selection. A grade logic control system has been adopted to control shifting in D and D3.
  • Page 884 07/11/02 08:46:44 61TA0000_140_0041 The PCM turns shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E ON and OFF to control gear selection. The combination of driving signals to shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are shown in the table. Position Gear Position Shift Solenoid Valves...
  • Page 885 07/11/02 08:46:44 61TA0000_140_0042 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Electronic Control System (cont’d) Grade Logic Control: Ascending Control When the PCM determines that the vehicle is climbing a hill in D and D3, the system extends the engagement area of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears to prevent the transmission from frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rd gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th gears.
  • Page 886 07/11/02 08:46:44 61TA0000_140_0043 Shift-Hold Control When negotiating winding roads, the throttle is suddenly released and the brakes are applied, as is the case when decelerating at the entrance of a curve, shift-hold control keeps the transmission in its current (lower) ratio as it negotiates the corner and accelerates out.
  • Page 887 07/11/02 08:46:45 61TA0000_140_0044 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Electronic Control System (cont’d) Clutch Pressure Control The PCM actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C to control the clutch pressure. When shifting between lower and higher gears, the clutch pressure regulated by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C engages and disengages the clutch smoothly.
  • Page 888 07/11/02 08:46:45 61TA0000_140_0045 Lock-up Control Shift solenoid valve E controls the hydraulic pressure to switch the lock-up shift valve ON and OFF. The PCM actuates shift solenoid valve E and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to start lock-up. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A applies and regulates hydraulic pressure to the lock-up control valve to control the volume of the lock-up.
  • Page 889 07/11/02 08:46:45 61TA0000_140_0046 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Electronic Control System (cont’d) PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections *08 A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE IGNITION SWITCH CONTROL SOLENOID BATTERY VALVE A LS A A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID SOLENOID IG1 HOT in VALVE B ON (II) LS B...
  • Page 890 07/11/02 08:46:46 61TA0000_140_0047 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs *09 PCM Connector Terminal Locations □ △ ○ (49P) (49P) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR A □ (49P) Terminal Wire Color Terminal Name Description Signal Number VB SOL (POWER SOURCE Power source for solenoid With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage FOR SOLENOID VALVES)
  • Page 891 07/11/02 08:46:46 61TA0000_140_0048 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Electronic Control System (cont’d) PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (cont’d) *10 PCM Connector Terminal Locations □ (49P) △ (49P) ○ (49P) Terminal side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B △ (49P) Terminal Wire Color...
  • Page 892 07/11/02 08:46:46 61TA0000_140_0049 PCM CONNECTOR B △ (49P) Terminal Wire Color Terminal Name Description Signal Number SH C (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid With engine running in N, D (in 1st, 3rd, and 5th VALVE C) valve C gears), D3 (in 1st and 3rd gears), and 1: Battery voltage With engine running in P, R, D (in 2nd and 4th gears), D3 (in 2nd gear), and 2: About 0 V...
  • Page 893 07/11/02 08:46:46 61TA0000_140_0050 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Electronic Control System (cont’d) PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (cont’d) *11 PCM Connector Terminal Locations □ (49P) △ (49P) ○ (49P) Terminal side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR C ○ (49P) Terminal Wire Color...
  • Page 894 07/11/02 08:46:47 61TA0000_140_0051 Hydraulic Controls Valve Bodies The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the servo body. The ATF pump is driven by splines on the end of the torque converter which is attached to the engine. Fluid flows through the regulator valve to maintain specified pressure through the main valve body to the manual valve, directing pressure to the shift valves and to each of the clutches via the solenoid valves.
  • Page 895 07/11/02 08:46:47 61TA0000_140_0052 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Controls (cont’d) Main Valve Body The main valve body contains the manual valve, shift valves A, B, C, and E, the relief valve, the lock-up control valve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the ATF pump gears. The primary function of the main valve body is to switch fluid pressure on and off and to control hydraulic pressure going to the hydraulic control system.
  • Page 896 07/11/02 08:46:47 61TA0000_140_0053 Regulator Valve The regulator valve maintains constant hydraulic pressure from the ATF pump to the hydraulic control system, while also providing fluid to the lubrication system and the torque converter. The fluid from the ATF pump flows through B and C.
  • Page 897 07/11/02 08:46:48 61TA0000_140_0054 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Controls (cont’d) Servo Body The servo body contains the servo valve, shift valve D, the accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th, and shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. *06...
  • Page 898 07/11/02 08:46:48 61TA0000_140_0055 Hydraulic Flow Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure As the engine turns, the ATF pump starts to operate. Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) is drawn through the ATF strainer (filter) and discharged into the hydraulic circuit. Then, ATF flowing from the ATF pump becomes line pressure that is regulated by the regulator valve.
  • Page 899 07/11/02 08:46:48 61TA0000_140_0056 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Flow (cont’d) N Position The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and positions of the shift valves are as follows: • Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A remains on the right side •...
  • Page 900 07/11/02 08:46:49 61TA0000_140_0057 D Position: 1st gear shifting from N position Shift solenoid valves remain the same as in N when shifting to D from N. The manual valve is moved to D, and switches the port of line pressure (4) leading to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C. Hydraulic pressure to the 1st clutch from A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A is created as shift solenoid valve A is OFF, B and C remain ON.
  • Page 901 07/11/02 08:46:50 61TA0000_140_0058 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Flow (cont’d) D Position: Driving in 1st gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and B and C remain ON, and D and E remain OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right side of shift valve A.
  • Page 902 07/11/02 08:46:51 61TA0000_140_0059 D Position: Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A OFF, and B and C remain ON, and D and E remain OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) in the right side of shift valve A is released. Shift valve A moves to the right side uncovering the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure port leading to the 1st and 2nd clutches.
  • Page 903 07/11/02 08:46:52 61TA0000_140_0060 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Flow (cont’d) D Position: Driving in 2nd gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valves C OFF, D ON, and A and E remain OFF, and B remains ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) in the right side of the shift valve C is released.
  • Page 904 07/11/02 08:47:08 61TA0000_140_0061 D Position: Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves C ON, and A and E remain OFF, and B and D remain ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of shift valve C. Shift valve C moves to the left side uncovering the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure ports leading to the 2nd and 3rd clutches.
  • Page 905 07/11/02 08:47:08 61TA0000_140_0062 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Flow (cont’d) D Position: Driving in 3rd gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and D OFF, and A and E remain OFF, and C remains ON. Shift solenoid valve B pressure (SB) in the right side of shift valve B is released, and shift valve B moves to the right side.
  • Page 906 07/11/02 08:47:09 61TA0000_140_0063 D Position: Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF, and A, B, D, and E remain OFF. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) in the right side of shift valve C is released. Shift valve C is moved to the right side uncovering the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C pressure ports leading to the 3rd and 4th clutches.
  • Page 907 07/11/02 08:47:10 61TA0000_140_0064 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Flow (cont’d) D Position: Driving in 4th gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and B, C, D, and E remain OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right side of shift valve A.
  • Page 908 07/11/02 08:47:11 61TA0000_140_0065 D Position: Shifting between 4th gear and 5th gear As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve D ON, and A remains ON, and B, C, and E remain OFF. Shift solenoid valve D pressure (SD) is applied to the left side of shift valve D. Shift valve D is moved to the right side uncovering the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure port leading to the 5th clutch.
  • Page 909 07/11/02 08:47:12 61TA0000_140_0066 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Flow (cont’d) D Position: Driving in 5th gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C ON, and A and D remain ON, and B and E remain OFF. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of shift valve C.
  • Page 910 07/11/02 08:47:13 61TA0000_140_0067 2 Position The PCM turns the shift solenoid valves OFF and ON. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and the positions of the shift valves are as follows: • Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A remains on the in right side •...
  • Page 911 07/11/02 08:47:14 61TA0000_140_0068 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Flow (cont’d) 1 Position The PCM turns the shift solenoid valves OFF and ON. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and the positions of the shift valves are as follows: •...
  • Page 912 07/11/02 08:47:15 61TA0000_140_0069 R Position: Shifting to R position from P or N position When shifting to R, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and E ON, and A, C, and D are turned OFF. Shift solenoid valve B pressure (SB) is applied to the right side of shift valve B, and shift valve B is moved to the left side. Shift solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is applied to the left side of shift valve E, and shift valve E is moved to the right side.
  • Page 913 07/11/02 08:47:15 61TA0000_140_0070 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Hydraulic Flow (cont’d) R Position: Driving in reverse gear After starting off in reverse gear, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and B and E remain ON, and C and D remain OFF.
  • Page 914 07/11/02 08:47:16 61TA0000_140_0071 P Position The PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and E ON, and A, C, and D OFF. Line pressure (1) flows to the shift solenoid valves and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Line pressure (3) changes to (3’) at shift valve E, and flows to the servo valve.
  • Page 915 07/11/02 08:47:17 61TA0000_140_0072 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Lock-up System The lock-up mechanism of the torque converter clutch operates in D (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears), and in D3 (2nd and 3rd gears). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torque converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover.
  • Page 916 07/11/02 08:47:17 61TA0000_140_0073 No Lock-up The PCM turns shift solenoid valve E OFF, and shift solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is not applied to the lock-up shift valve. The lock-up shift valve remains to the right uncovering the torque converter pressure ports leading to the left side of the torque converter and releasing pressure from the right side of the torque converter.
  • Page 917 07/11/02 08:47:17 61TA0000_140_0074 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Lock-up System (cont’d) Partial Lock-up As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve E ON, and shift solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is applied to the right side of the lock-up shift valve. The lock-up shift valve is moved to the left side to switch the torque converter pressure (91) port, which goes to the right side of the torque converter, and torque converter pressure (94) is released from the left side of the torque converter.
  • Page 918 07/11/02 08:47:18 61TA0000_140_0075 Full Lock-up When the vehicle speed increases, the PCM commands A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to increase A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55), and the lock-up control valve is moved to the left by the increased pressure.
  • Page 919 07/11/02 08:47:18 61TA0000_140_0076 Automatic Transmission System Description (cont’d) Circuit Diagram - PCM A/T Control System *01 UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 (FI-MAIN) RED/BLK YEL/BLK IGNITION SWITCH DRIVER’S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX BATTERY No. 1 (100 A) No. 3 (50 A) No.
  • Page 920 07/11/02 08:47:19 61TA0000_140_0077 *02 VCC1 APS A YEL/RED YEL/RED OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) BLK/WHT SPEED SENSOR GRN/WHT GRN/WHT VCC4 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION APS B MANIFOLD SENSOR ABSOLUTE GRN/RED PRESSURE SENSOR VCC5 VCC2 YEL/BLU INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) WHT/RED SPEED SENSOR 2RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION GRN/BLK GRN/BLK FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH...
  • Page 921: Dtc Troubleshooting

    07/11/02 08:47:19 61TA0000_140_0078 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting DTC P062F: Powertrain Control Module 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P062F in the DTCs (PCM) Internal Control Module Keep Alive MENU with the HDS. Memory (KAM) Error Does the HDS indicate PASSED? NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review −...
  • Page 922 07/11/02 08:47:19 61TA0000_140_0079 DTC P0705: Short in Transmission Range 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input) 9. Measure the voltage between transmission range NOTE: switch connector terminals No. 6 and No. 10. • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and *01...
  • Page 923 07/11/02 08:47:19 61TA0000_140_0080 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 14. Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminal No. 10 and body ground. *03 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR 12.
  • Page 924 07/11/02 08:47:43 61TA0000_140_0081 15. Measure the voltage between transmission range 19. Check for continuity between PCM connector switch connector terminals No. 7 and No. 10. terminal B15 and body ground. *04 *05 PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR ATP R (WHT) ATP R (WHT) GND (BLK)
  • Page 925 07/11/02 08:47:43 61TA0000_140_0082 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 20. Measure the voltage between transmission range 24. Check for continuity between PCM connector switch connector terminals No. 2 and No. 10. terminal B13 and body ground. *06 *07 PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR ATP N (RED/BLK) ATP N (RED/BLK)
  • Page 926 07/11/02 08:47:43 61TA0000_140_0083 25. Measure the voltage between transmission range 29. Check for continuity between PCM connector switch connector terminals No. 8 and No. 10. terminal B22 and body ground. *08 *09 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) ATP D (YEL/GRN) ATP D (PNK) GND (BLK)
  • Page 927 07/11/02 08:47:43 61TA0000_140_0084 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 30. Measure the voltage between transmission range 34. Check for continuity between PCM connector switch connector terminals No. 3 and No. 10. terminal B16 and body ground. *10 *11 PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR ATP D3 (RED) ATP D3 (BLU)
  • Page 928 07/11/02 08:47:44 61TA0000_140_0085 35. Measure the voltage between transmission range 39. Check for continuity between PCM connector switch connector terminals No. 9 and No. 10. terminal B17 and body ground. *12 *13 PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR ATP 2-1 (GRN/RED) ATP 2-1 (BRN) GND (BLK)
  • Page 929 07/11/02 08:47:44 61TA0000_140_0086 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 40. Measure the voltage between transmission range 44. Check for continuity between PCM connector switch connector terminals No. 5 and No. 10. terminal B29 and body ground. *14 *15 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) ATP FWD (YEL/RED) ATP FWD (BLU/YEL)
  • Page 930 07/11/02 08:47:44 61TA0000_140_0087 45. Measure the voltage between transmission range 49. Check for continuity between PCM connector switch connector terminals No. 1 and No. 10. terminal B23 and body ground. *16 *17 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) ATP RVS (WHT/RED) ATP RVS (RED/WHT) GND (BLK)
  • Page 931 07/11/02 08:47:44 61TA0000_140_0088 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 50. Reconnect all connectors. 61. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 05 indicated? 51. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 52. Clear the DTC with the HDS. −...
  • Page 932 07/11/02 08:47:44 61TA0000_140_0089 DTC P0706: Open in Transmission Range 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Switch Circuit 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 11. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle with the shift lever General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4).
  • Page 933 07/11/02 08:47:45 61TA0000_140_0090 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 16. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 17. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the 23. Measure the voltage between transmission range VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle with the shift lever switch connector terminals No.
  • Page 934 07/11/02 08:47:45 61TA0000_140_0091 25. Measure the voltage between transmission range 27. Reconnect all connectors. switch connector terminals No. 3 and No. 10. *04 28. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR 29. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 30.
  • Page 935 07/11/02 08:47:45 61TA0000_140_0092 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 36. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 06 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-8), then go to step 35.
  • Page 936 07/11/02 08:47:45 61TA0000_140_0093 DTC P0711: Problem in ATF Temperature 5. Check the ATF Temp Sensor in the Data List with Sensor Circuit the HDS. NOTE: Does the AT F temperature read about the same as • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and ECT Sensor? any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4).
  • Page 937 07/11/02 08:47:45 61TA0000_140_0094 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 14. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good PCM (see page 14-8). 15. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
  • Page 938 07/11/02 08:47:45 61TA0000_140_0095 DTC P0712: Short in ATF Temperature Sensor 10. Check for continuity between shift solenoid Circuit harness connector terminal No. 6 and body ground. *01 NOTE: SHIFT SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4).
  • Page 939 07/11/02 08:47:45 61TA0000_140_0096 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Reconnect all connectors. 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 12 indicated? 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 14. Clear the DTC with the HDS. −...
  • Page 940 07/11/02 08:47:46 61TA0000_140_0097 DTC P0713: Open in ATF Temperature Sensor 7. Check the ATF Temp Sensor voltage in the Data List Circuit with the HDS. NOTE: Does the AT F T emp Sensor voltage exceed • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 4.93 V ? any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4).
  • Page 941 07/11/02 08:47:46 61TA0000_140_0098 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 18. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 14.
  • Page 942 07/11/02 08:47:46 61TA0000_140_0099 26. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0713 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 25, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. −...
  • Page 943 07/11/02 08:47:46 61TA0000_140_0100 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0716: Problem in Input Shaft 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. DTC P0717: Problem in Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal 9.
  • Page 944 07/11/02 08:48:06 61TA0000_140_0101 11. Connect PCM connector C (49P). 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 12. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed 16. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). sensor connector. 17. Check for continuity between PCM connector 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). terminal B19 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No.
  • Page 945 07/11/02 08:48:06 61TA0000_140_0102 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B34 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed 19. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). sensor connector terminal No. 3. *05...
  • Page 946 07/11/02 08:48:06 61TA0000_140_0103 22. Connect PCM connector B (49P). 25. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 23. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 26. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 24. Measure the voltage between input shaft 27. Check for continuity between PCM connector (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminals terminal B18 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed No.
  • Page 947 07/11/02 08:48:06 61TA0000_140_0104 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 32. Reconnect all connectors. 41. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 16 or P07 17 indicated? 33. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 34. Clear the DTC with the HDS. −...
  • Page 948 07/11/02 08:48:06 61TA0000_140_0105 DTC P0718: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed 8. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph Sensor Intermittent Failure (20 km/h) with the shift lever in D, and let the transmission shift through all five gears. NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 9.
  • Page 949 07/11/02 08:48:07 61TA0000_140_0106 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 14. Connect PCM connector C (49P). 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed 19. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). sensor connector. 20. Check for continuity between input shaft 16.
  • Page 950 07/11/02 08:48:07 61TA0000_140_0107 21. Connect PCM connector B (49P). 24. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 25. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 23. Measure the voltage between input shaft 26. Check for continuity between PCM connector (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No.
  • Page 951 07/11/02 08:48:07 61TA0000_140_0108 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 27. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 30. Reconnect all connectors. 28. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 31. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 29. Check for continuity between PCM connector 32.
  • Page 952 07/11/02 08:48:07 61TA0000_140_0109 36. Reconnect all connectors. 37. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good PCM (see page 14-8). 38. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) with the shift lever in D, and let the transmission shift through all five gears.
  • Page 953 07/11/02 08:48:07 61TA0000_140_0110 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0721: Problem in Output Shaft 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. DTC P0722: Problem in Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No 9.
  • Page 954 07/11/02 08:48:07 61TA0000_140_0111 11. Connect PCM connector C (49P). 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 12. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed 16. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). sensor connector. 17. Check for continuity between PCM connector 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). terminal C13 and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal No.
  • Page 955 07/11/02 08:48:08 61TA0000_140_0112 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C14 and output shaft (countershaft) speed 19. Disconnect PCM connectors B (49P) and C (49P). sensor connector terminal No. 3. *05...
  • Page 956 07/11/02 08:48:08 61TA0000_140_0113 25. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 32. Reconnect all connectors. 26. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 33. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 27. Check for continuity between PCM connector 34. Clear the DTC with the HDS. terminal B38 and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal No.
  • Page 957 07/11/02 08:48:08 61TA0000_140_0114 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 41. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 21 or P07 22 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM.
  • Page 958 07/11/02 08:48:08 61TA0000_140_0115 DTC P0723: Output Shaft (Countershaft) 7. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure sensor connector. NOTE: 8. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D, with • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and the engine speed above 2,000 rpm, and let the any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review transmission shift through all five gears.
  • Page 959 07/11/02 08:48:08 61TA0000_140_0116 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 14. Connect PCM connector C (49P). 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed 19. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). sensor connector. 20. Check for continuity between output shaft 16.
  • Page 960 07/11/02 08:48:09 61TA0000_140_0117 21. Connect PCM connector B (49P). 24. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 25. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 23. Measure the voltage between output shaft 26. Check for continuity between PCM connector (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal terminal B38 and output shaft (countershaft) speed No.
  • Page 961 07/11/02 08:48:09 61TA0000_140_0118 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 27. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 30. Reconnect all connectors. 28. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 31. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 29. Check for continuity between PCM connector 32.
  • Page 962 07/11/02 08:48:09 61TA0000_140_0119 36. Reconnect all connectors. 37. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- good PCM (see page 14-8). 38. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) with the shift lever in D, and let the transmission shift through all five gears.
  • Page 963 07/11/02 08:48:09 61TA0000_140_0120 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0731: Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st 6. Test stall speed in D (see page 14-217). Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (1st Gear Incorrect Ratio) Does the stall speed test within the service limits? NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data −...
  • Page 964 07/11/02 08:48:33 61TA0000_140_0121 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0731 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 10, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. −...
  • Page 965 07/11/02 08:48:33 61TA0000_140_0122 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0732: Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd 6. Test stall speed in D (see page 14-217). Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (2nd Gear Incorrect Ratio) Is the stall speed within the service limits? NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data −...
  • Page 966 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0123 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0732 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 10, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. −...
  • Page 967 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0124 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0733: Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (3rd Gear Incorrect Ratio) 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 8.
  • Page 968 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0125 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0733 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 9, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. −...
  • Page 969 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0126 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0734: Problem in 4th Clutch and 4th 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (4th Gear Incorrect Ratio) 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 8.
  • Page 970 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0127 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0734 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 9, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. −...
  • Page 971 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0128 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0735: Problem in 5th Clutch and 5th 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (5th Gear Incorrect Ratio) 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 8.
  • Page 972 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0129 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0735 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? − Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 9, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. −...
  • Page 973 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0130 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch 7. Run the engine until the ECT Sensor temperature Hydraulic Circuit Stuck OFF reaches 176 °F (80 °C). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 8. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4).
  • Page 974 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0131 11. Reconnect all connectors. 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 13. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 14. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road with a steady throttle at 60 mph (96 km/h) for at least 20 seconds, or test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the same conditions as those indicated by the freeze data.
  • Page 975 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0132 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0747: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 9. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data the HDS.
  • Page 976 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0133 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 47 indicated? − Go to step 8. − Go to step 15. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0747 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? −...
  • Page 977 07/11/02 08:48:34 61TA0000_140_0134 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON 9. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve A NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data operates with the HDS.
  • Page 978 07/11/02 08:48:35 61TA0000_140_0135 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 52 indicated? − Go to step 8. − Go to step 16. 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0752 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? −...
  • Page 979 07/11/02 08:48:35 61TA0000_140_0136 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF 9. Select Shift Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data operates with the HDS.
  • Page 980 07/11/02 08:48:35 61TA0000_140_0137 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 56 indicated? − Go to step 8. − Go to step 16. 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0756 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? −...
  • Page 981 07/11/02 08:48:35 61TA0000_140_0138 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON 9. Select Shift Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data operates with the HDS.
  • Page 982 07/11/02 08:48:35 61TA0000_140_0139 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 57 indicated? − Go to step 8. − Go to step 16. 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0757 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? −...
  • Page 983 07/11/02 08:48:35 61TA0000_140_0140 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF 9. Select Shift Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve C NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data operates with the HDS.
  • Page 984 07/11/02 08:49:03 61TA0000_140_0141 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 61 indicated? − Go to step 8. − Go to step 16. 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0761 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? −...
  • Page 985 07/11/02 08:49:03 61TA0000_140_0142 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0771: Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck OFF 9. Select Shift Solenoid Valve E in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve E NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data operates with the HDS.
  • Page 986 07/11/02 08:49:03 61TA0000_140_0143 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 7 1 indicated? − Go to step 8. − Go to step 16. 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0771 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
  • Page 987 07/11/02 08:49:04 61TA0000_140_0144 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0776: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 9. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with DTC P0777: A/T Clutch Pressure Control the HDS.
  • Page 988 07/11/02 08:49:04 61TA0000_140_0145 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 7 6 or P07 7 7 indicated? − Go to step 8. − Go to step 15. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0776 or P0777 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
  • Page 989 07/11/02 08:49:04 61TA0000_140_0146 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0780: Shift Control System 7. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 80 indicated? NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review −...
  • Page 990 07/11/02 08:49:04 61TA0000_140_0147 DTC P0796: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 9. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with DTC P0797: A/T Clutch Pressure Control the HDS.
  • Page 991 07/11/02 08:49:04 61TA0000_140_0148 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P07 96 or P07 97 indicated? − Go to step 8. − Go to step 15. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0796 or P0797 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
  • Page 992 07/11/02 08:49:04 61TA0000_140_0149 DTC P0842: Short in 2nd Clutch Transmission 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 10. Check the 2nd Pressure Switch in the Data List with the HDS.
  • Page 993 07/11/02 08:49:04 61TA0000_140_0150 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 15. Reconnect all connectors. 26. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0842 indicated? 16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 17. Clear the DTC with the HDS. −...
  • Page 994 07/11/02 08:49:04 61TA0000_140_0151 DTC P0843: Open in 2nd Clutch Transmission 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 9. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector. NOTE: 10.
  • Page 995 07/11/02 08:49:05 61TA0000_140_0152 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 20. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear with the shift lever in D for at least 2 seconds. Then drive in 4th 13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. gear for at least 2 seconds.
  • Page 996 07/11/02 08:49:05 61TA0000_140_0153 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0843 indicated? − Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-8), then go to step 25.
  • Page 997 07/11/02 08:49:05 61TA0000_140_0154 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0847: Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 8. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector.
  • Page 998 07/11/02 08:49:05 61TA0000_140_0155 15. Reconnect all connectors. 22. Reconnect all connectors. 16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 23. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-231), or substitute a known- 17. Clear the DTC with the HDS. good PCM (see page 14-8).
  • Page 999 07/11/02 08:49:05 61TA0000_140_0156 Automatic Transmission DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d) DTC P0848: Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 9. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector.
  • Page 1000 07/11/02 08:49:05 61TA0000_140_0157 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 20. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear with the shift lever in D for at least 2 seconds. Then drive in 4th 13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. gear for at least 2 seconds.

Table of Contents